i§ ST. PAU L, MINN . U. S.A. 3-23- W- WATER ST. AT WABASHA Saint Paul Sheet Metal Products Catalog yy A new name for an old business — The new name of Saint Paul Corrugating Company, succeeds the old one of St. Paul Roofing, Cornice & Ornament Company, largely as a convenience to the trade, many of whom believed the old one was unnecessarily long. Moreover, changes brought about by time, have placed upon the words used in the old name* an emphasis to which they were no longer entitled. The trade is assured that the reputation for fair and honorable dealing so well earned under the old name, will be maintained under the new. SAINT PAUL CORRUGATING CO„ r r President. St. Paul Corrugating Company 323 West Water Street, at Wabasha Street Saint Paul, Minn., U. S. A. General Catalog “G” Complete Line of Sheet Metal Products St. Paul Corrugating Company Manufacturers : : St. Paul, Minn. Telephone Riverview 3703 3 23 W. Water St., at Wabasha St. Copyright 1927 o A PERSONAL WORD The We trust that the receipt of this catalog may be taken as an evidence of Introductory our desire to enjoy the continued favor of old customers, and to establish Handshake. friendly business relations with new ones. A glance through its pages will convince you of our ability to serve you more extensively and satis- factorily than ever. Few similar publications will be found to be as complete and up-to-date in every respect. By the liberal use of faithful illustrations, we have avoided the necessity for lengthy descriptive matter, and we have presented much valuable information in a simple, convenient form for ready reference. For this reason alone, it is entitled to a permanent place in your files. Tell Us If the catalog doesn’t appear to cover your exact requirements, don’t Your hesitate to drop us a line. There is no class of sheet metal work that we Troubles. are not perfectly equipped to handle. We want you to feel free to consult us about the economical use of sheet metal in all sorts of building and decorative operations. Upon application we will gladly submit original designs for any special purpose, with estimates of the cost. Whenever we can assist you, by advice, with special information or by helpful suggestions, in planning, or executing sheet metal work, our experience and knowledge are at your service. We want all roads to lead down hill to our factory. Telling We are but stating the simple truth when we say that no concern in the the Truth western country is better equipped or offers wider facilities in the sheet About metal line. At the head of this large modern plant are practical men who Ourselves. have been identified with the sheet metal industry for many years. Many of our most popular products are patented and produced exclusively by us. Improved machinery, modern methods, and a big volume of business enable us to offer advantages of price hard to duplicate. You will always find us abreast of the times and prepared to furnish the latest improvements in our line. The basis upon which our trade is built, is superior service and generous values. Hoping to merit, in increasing degree, the continued good will and patronage of the trade, we are, Yours for progress, ST. PAUL CORRUGATING COMPANY. INDEX ON LAST 6 PAGES. 2 OUR LOCATION IN SAINT PAUL AN IMPORTANT ADVANTAGE TO THE TRADE B EING located in St. Paul is an advantage to the trade in this section of the country that should not be overlooked, for it means a valuable saving in time and money over the eastern factories. Less time is consumed in correspondence, your orders reach us sooner, less time is required for goods to reach their destination, freight rates are lower, and the liability of loss or damage is very greatly reduced. The abundant trackage facilities at our plant and consequent direct connection with the railroad systems centering here, insure prompt shipment and a minimum of handling on goods received or forwarded. You serve your own best interests in assisting with your trade to build up and maintain a large modern sheet metal plant and supply house at this great distributing center. For, not only do you thus establish a source of supply at the most direct and logical point, but you also contribute to the general prosperity of our entire section of the country. That these advantages have been generously recognized, is plainly evidenced by the remarkable growth of our business in the past years. We gratefully acknowledge the important part played by our patrons in helping us build up here a sheet metal industry that ranks with the best in the country, and we know you appreciate the successful manner in which we have supplied the demand. Our record in the past is a guarantee that we will prove equal to the task of keeping at the front in the future, and of deserving, in full measure, our present reputation of being THE LEADING SHEET METAL PLANT OF THE WEST o ASK FOR NET PRICES AND DISCOUNTS TERMS AND CONDITIONS PRICES: List prices only are given herein, unless otherwise specified. Net prices and discounts furnished upon application. All quotations are for prompt acceptance only, and prices quoted are subject to change without notice. All orders sent us without previous quotations will be invoiced at our regular net prices, which will be as low as if quoted before receiving the order. SHIPMENTS: All contracts made subject to strikes, accidents and other contingencies unavoidable or beyond our control. State whether shipment is to go by freight, truck line or express, and via what railway or steamboat line. We make every effort to prevent delays on shipments in transit. Goods are always carefully packed, checked and marked, but our responsibility for the safe delivery of a shipment ceases when the transportation com- pany receipts for the shipment in good order. Questions relating to delays or dam- ages in transit should be taken up with the carrier. TERMS: Sixty days net, with approved credit, or 2 per cent off if paid within 10 days from date of invoice. Those desiring credit must have good commercial rating, or furnish references from whom satisfactory information can be obtained, before shipment will be made. Otherwise, we shall expect instructions to ship goods to our order and send bill of lading attached to sight draft through bank for the amount of invoice, less 2 per cent cash discount. CLAIMS: All claims for errors against invoices must be made on receipt of goods. Make no corrections on invoices. If any claim for error or overcharge, ask for a credit memo- randum. REMITTANCES: All accounts are subject to sight draft after maturity. No extension will be allowed nor more than sixty days credit given, except by special agreement to parties, financially responsible, on note bearing 8 per cent interest after sixty days. Remit by New York, Chicago or St. Paul Exchange, its equivalent, or express or postoffice money order, and not by personal check (unless exchange is added). RETURNS: Materials which have been shipped according to order or through error must not be returned without our consent, and when returned for any reasons, notify us promptly by letter, and attached bill of lading which you obtain from your local agent. TELEGRAMS AND TELEPHONES: All charges on telegrams and telephone messages must be prepaid. AGENCIES: We cannot give an exclusive agency in any city, but we aim to protect the local dealer who is carrying our staple materials in stock, and on special materials not carried in stock, in the way of prices. We, however, cannot refuse to deal direct with the con- sumer when compelled to meet the competition of other factories. INDEX ON LAST 6 PAGES 4 TO THE TRADE A general demand from owners and builders for better merchandise, has prompted us to offer many of the items we manufacture, in “COPPER-ALLOY” and “GOH1” pure iron. Common steel sheets still will be used in the manufacture of our lines, but the trade can get such items as eaves trough, conductor pipe, ridge roll, hip tile and shingles, valley, etc., in "COPPER-ALLOY” and “GOHI” pure iron as well. Always specify what kind of material is wanted: whether 1st. Common or Commercial 2nd. Copper Alloy 3rd. “GOHI” pure iron. COMMON OR COMMERCIAL SHEETS These terms are used to distinguish the steel sheets we use in the fabrication of much of our line, from "COPPER-ALLO Y” steel, and “GOHI pure iron. There is nothing common about them. They are distinctly uncommon, in fact, these sheets are the best that can be obtained in this grade, and are guaranteed to be dead soft and tight coated. One trial is enough to convince. Form them as you please, they will not peel or break under the severest tests. “COPPER-ALLOY” Rust Resisting Alloyed Steel For the manufacture of sheet metal products for exterior use, such as roofing, siding, ridge roll, conductor pipe, eaves trough, culverts, etc.; or for interior use in metal lath, corner bead, etc., “COPPER-ALLOY” sheets are recognized as superior value for the price per ton, per year or actual service. Next in importance to a properly made black sheet of the right analysis, are the kind, quality and uniformity of coating. As a chain is no stronger than its weakest link, so a galvanized sheet is no better than the poorest coated spot on its surface. The trade using galvanized sheets has learned that “COPPER-ALLOY” sheets are uniformly well galvanized with prime zinc which experience has shown to be the best and most economical coating for any sheet iron or steel product. The process of making “COPPER-ALLOY” sheets must start with the right grade of iron ore. Every process from the raw product to the finished sheet must be exacting — impurities must be re- duced and eliminated and the Copper-Alloy added in the proper manner to alloy it with the molten and refined steel. GENUINE OPEN HEARTH PURE IRON Every user of Sheet Metal Building Mate- rial should investigate and learn of the superior rust-resisting and lasting qualities of “Genuine Open Hearth Iron” over other Iron and Steel formed products. “Genuine Open Hearth Iron” contains of impuri- ties, namely: Carbon, Manganese, Sulphur, Phos- phorous and Silicon, a total of only .035 of 1% to .125 of 1%, or approximately not exceeding % of 1%. Steel contains at least ten times this amount of impurities, and is consequently inferior in lasting qualities, as these impurities are dangerous rust and corrosion agents. “Genuine Open Hearth Iron” is absolutely uni- form in quality, being manufactured from the high- est grade of selected materials, assuring the desired results; that is — the Best Rust-Resisting Metal for any and all conditions. It is a well-known fact that impurities in Iron and Steel hasten and aid corrosion. (See U. S. Dept, of Agriculture, Bulletin No. 239 and other Reports.) “Genuine Open Hearth Iron” contains less impurities or corrosion agents than other iron, and far less than any steel. It conforms to the theories of noted metallurgical authorities as to what a superior rust-resisting metal should be— A PURE IRON COPPER ALLOY. “Genuine Open Hearth Iron” value as a rust- resisting metal has been tested and approved by the leading Engineers, Architects, and the United States Government. It will give longer life and is MORE DURABLE than re-worked Muck Bar, Charcoal Iron, Steel, or other Iron Sheet Metal. On account of its superior working qualities, labor costs are reduced and are actually less than in working up Steel or other Iron Sheets. Lasting qualities considered, it makes the cost cheaper than any other Sheet Metal Building Mate- rial you can use. It means economy and satisfac- tion. If you use “Genuine Open Hearth Iron” Sheet Metal Products, you will avoid the replacing of your Sheet Metal work every few years, as “Genu- ine Open Hearth Iron” will last for an indefinite period under any ordinary conditions. “Genuine Open Hearth Iron” is manufactured by a firm whose reputation for Sterling Products has long been established. It is sold entirely on its merits and in no other way. “Genuine Open Hearth Iron” is the Best by Any and Every Test. 5 ¥?¥?¥? ¥?¥?¥? ¥?«?¥? ¥?¥?¥? o “EASY BEAD*’ EAVES TROUGH “Easy Bead” eaves trough has a free bead (no lip projecting inwardly) a 2" long open slip joint which insures easy fit and every piece is well rounded and true. “Easy Bead” saves time and solder. “Easy Bead” is registered in the U. S. patent office. We are originators and sole manufacturers. Packed 250 Lineal Feet to a Crate, Half Right and Half Left Single Bead Slip Joint Eaves Trough Also made Lap Joint SINGLE BEAD, SLIP JOINT List prices, per 100 lineal feet, in Crate Lots of 250 feet, F. O. B. St. Paul. Size — 3/4" 4" 5" 6" No. 28 gauge $19.00 $21.00 $22.00 $27.00 Weight, 100 ft., crated 55 lbs. 61 lbs. 79 lbs. 93 lbs. No. 26 gauge 23.00 25.00 26.00 33.00 Weight, 100 ft., crated 65 lbs. 75 lbs. 89 lbs. 106 lbs. No. 24 gauge 35.00 36.00 42.00 Weight, 100 ft., crated 96 lbs. 113 lbs. 135 lbs. SINGLE BEAD, LAP JOINT List prices, per 100 lineal feet, in Crate Lots of 250 feet, F. O. B. St. Paul. Size — 3J4" 4" 5" 6" No. 28 gauge $17.00 $19.00 $20.00 $25.00 Weight, 100 ft., crated 60 lbs. 77 lbs. 91 lbs. No. 26 gauge 21.00 23.00 24.00 31.00 Weight, 100 ft., crated 73 lbs. 87 lbs. 107 lbs. No. 24 gauge 33.00 34.00 40.00 Weight, 100 ft., crated 93 lbs. 110 lbs. 131 lbs. Double Bead Slip Joint Eaves Trough Also made Lap Joint DOUBLE BEAD, SLIP JOINT List prices, per 100 lineal feet, in Crate Lots of 250 feet, F. O. B. St. Paul. Size — 3 y 2 " 4" 5 " 6" . 28 gauge $25.00 $27.00 $29.00 $35.00 nght, 100 ft., crated 69 lbs. 71 lbs. 89 lbs. 107 lbs. i. 26 gauge 30.00 32.00 34.00 42.00 ;ight, 100 ft., crated 80 lbs. 83 lbs. 100 lbs. 122 lbs. i. 24 gauge 46.00 47.00 57.00 sight, 100 ft., crated 103 lbs. 129 lbs. DOUBLE BEAD, LAP JOINT List prices, per 100 lineal feet, in Crate Lots of 250 feet, F. O. B. St. Paul. Size— 314" 4" 5" 6" . 28 gauge $23.00 $25.00 $27.00 $33.00 sight, 100 ft., crated 69 lbs. 71 lbs. 87 lbs. 102 lbs. 1 . 26 gauge 28.00 30.00 32.00 40.00 sight, 100 ft., crated 80 lbs. 85 lbs. 102 lbs. 118 lbs. 1 . 24 gauge 44.00 45.00 55.00 sight, 100 ft., crated 106 lbs. 133 lbs. 154 lbs. Owing to varying weights of crating lumber, weights are approximate. List prices apply on common steel, Copper-Alloy and GOHI pure iron. Slip joint eaves trough is packed half right and half left. Prices on 14 and 16 oz. copper eaves trough on request. Crating small lots will be charged at cost. Having a bead on both sides, this trough is reversible, either side being turned to build- ing. Place slip joint to the right to run water to the right, and slip joint to the left to run water to the left. For less than crate lots add lc per foot net extra to prevailing prices. 6 o PERFECT” ONE-PIECE MITERS Made specially for “Easy Bead” Eaves Trough but will fit any standard make of trough. They fit the trough and make a square lasting corner. The “draw” of the metal is taken up in a way that strengthens the corner and leaves a deep open passage for the water. You needn’t hesitate to use these miters; they are the perfect solution of the miter problem. Single Bead, Slip Joint Outside Miter Made Right and Left Double Bead, Slip Joint Outside or Inside Made Right and Left Single Bead, Slip Joint Inside Miter, Made Right and Left Single Bead, Lap Joint Outside Miter Also Made Double Bead List prices per dozen in dozen lots. SINGLE BEAD, SLIP JOINT Size- No. 28 gauge... 3 x / 2 $4.50 4 " $4.75 5" $5.25 6" $6.40 Weight, dozen in box 14 lbs. 15 lbs. 18 lbs. 22 lbs. No. 26 gauge... 5.00 5.25 5.75 7.00 Weight, dozen in box 15 lbs. 16 lbs. 20 lbs. 23 lbs. Size- No. 28 gauge... SINGLE BEAD, LAP JOINT 3J4" $3.50 4" $3.75 5" $4.25 6" $5.40 Weight, dozen in box 14 lbs. 15 lbs. 18 lbs. 22 lbs. No. 26 gauge... 4.00 4.25 4.75 6.00 Weight, dozen in box 16 lbs. 20 lbs. 23 lbs. Size- No. 28 gauge... DOUBLE BEAD, SLIP JOINT 3^" $5.50 4 " $5.75 5" $6.25 6" $7.40 Weight, dozen in box 1 5 lbs. 16 lbs. 19 lbs. 23 lbs. No. 26 gauge... 6.00 6.25 6.75 8.00 Weight, dozen in box 16 lbs. 17 lbs. 21 lbs. 25 lbs. Size- — No. 28 gauge... DOUBLE BEAD, LAP JOINT 3/2" $4.50 4 " $4.75 5" $5.25 6" $6.40 Weight, dozen in box 15 lbs. 16 lbs. 19 lbs. 23 lbs. No. 26 gauge... 5.00 5.25 5.75 7.00 Weight, dozen in box 16 lbs. 17 lbs. 19 lbs. 24 lbs. List prices apply on common steel, Copper-Alloy, and GOHI pure iron. Prices on 14 and 16 oz. cooper miters on request. Boxing on less than dozen lots at cost. ONE-Piece Eaves Trough Miters are made in 45 different styles and sizes. Four of them are illus- trated here. Note how the “draw” of the metal is taken up. strengthening the corner and still leaving a smooth open passage for the water to flow through. “Perfect” Miters reauire no corner splices to conceal dis- connected beads. Beads are continuous making a real One-Piece Miter. In ordering “Perfect” One-Piece Miters always state whether Right or Left Hand are wanted and if they are wanted for inside or outside corners. Also state whether Single or Double Bead are desired. Lacking this information we shall ship Single Bead, half Right and half Left and half Inside and half Outside. 7 o EAVES TROUGH ENDS AND DROPS Made for use with “Easy Bead” eaves trough, but will fit any standard make of trough. “D” End consists of a 12 long piece of trough, with drop seamed in. The “C” End Cap shown below, can be slipped on either end, making it suitable for right or left hand use. Made with single or double bead as follows: 3 %" “D” Ends with 2 " drops 4" “D” Ends with 2 and 3" drops 5” “D” Ends with 3 drops 6 " “D” Ends with 4" drops “D” Eaves Trough End and Drop List prices per dozen in dozen lots. Size — “D” ENDS, SINGLE BEAD 3 54" 4" 5" 6" No. 28 gauge. .. $2.75 $3.00 $3.30 $3 95 Weight, dozen, in cartons 7 lbs. 8 lbs. 9 lbs. 10 lbs. No. 26 gauge.... 3.10 3 40 3.75 4.50 Weight, dozen, in cartons 8 lbs. 9 lbs. 10 lbs. 11 lbs. Size — “D” ENDS, DOUBLE BEAD 354" 4 " 5" 6" No. 28 gauge.... $3.40 $3.65 $3.95 $4.75 Weight, dozen, in cartons 8 lbs. 10 lbs. 1 1 lbs. 12 lbs. No. 26 gauge.... 3.90 4.15 4.50 5.40 Weight, dozen. in cartons 9 lbs. 11 lbs. 12 lbs. 13 lbs. “C” End Caps, slip joint seamed in — not soldered, made full depth for “Easy Bead” eaves trough but will fit any standard single or double bead make of trough. “C” Eaves Trough End Cap List prices per dozen in dozen lots. Size — No. 28 gauge Weight, dozen, in cartons No. 26 gauge Weight, dozen, in cartons “C” END CAP ONLY 354" 4 " 5" 6" $1.45 $1.65 $1.75 $2.10 1 54 lbs. 2 lbs. 254 lbs. 3 lbs. 1.65 1.90 2.00 2.40 2 lbs. 254 lbs. 3 lbs. 354 lbs. “B” DROP “B” Drop Eaves Trough Drop, made to fit “Easy Bead” eaves trough or any other standard make of trough. “B” Eaves Trough Drop List prices per dozen in dozen lots. “B” DROP ONLY Size — No. 28 gauge Weight, dozen, in cartons 2" $0.90 154 lbs. 3" $1.10 2 lbs. 4 " $1.35 4 lbs. 5" $1.45 5 lbs. 6'' $1.75 7 lbs. No. 26 gauge Weight, dozen, in cartons 1.00 2 lbs. 1.25 254 lbs. 1.50 454 lbs. 1.65 6 lbs. 2.00 8 lbs. List prices apply on common steel, Copper-Alloy and GOHI pure iron. Prices on 14 and 16 oz. copper fittings on request. Crating or boxing of small lots will be charged at cost. 8 EAVES TROUGH HANGERS Standard Wire Hangers, Triple Twist WIRE EAVES TROUGH HANGERS Triple Twist wire hanger, made from No. 11 galvanized wire, in both single and double bead. Packed one gross in a box. Packed 96-8 stems and 48-10 stems to the gross. If all 10 stems are wanted, add 50c per gross. List prices per gross in gross lots. Size — Single Bead Weight, gross lots, in cartons Double Bead gross lots, in cartons Extension Wire Hangers Size- Single Bead Weight, gross lots, in boxes. Double Bead Weight, gross lots, in boxes. 3*/4" 4 " 5" 6" $2.75 $ 2.75 $3.00 $3.50 18 lbs 20 lbs 23 lbs. 26 lbs. 3.00 3.00 3.25 3.75 20 lbs. 22 lbs. 26 lbs. 30 lbs. EXTENSION WIRE HANGERS Made from heavy galvanized wire in both single and double bead. Packed one gross in a box. Packed 96-8 stems and 48-10” stems to the gross. If all 10” stems are wanted, add 50c per gross. 3*A" 4" 5" 6" $2.75 $2.75 $3.00 $3.50 22 lbs. 24 lbs. 27 lbs. 29 lbs. 3.00 3.00 3.25 3.75 24 lbs 26 lbs. 30 lbs. 33 lbs. Galvanized Steel Eaves Trough Hangers, made of black steel galvanized after formed, except rods and nuts which are black. Made with rod and nut hangers and straps riv- eted on, in single and double bead. Strong, durable, labor- saving hangers. Unless otherwise specified, rod and nut hangers will be sent. If all rods or straps are ordered 11” long, add 75c gross; if all 9” add 25c gross to list prices. Sizes given are inside of bead. If not otherwise speci- fied we send y 2 " bead for 3 y 2 , 4 and 5", and Vg" bead for 6". Strap hangers are entirely galvanized, and on rod and nut hangers, cross pieces only. Hanger Tong as shown, for clinching steel hangers, net price each $0.85 List prices per gross in gross lots. STEEL RODS AND NUT HANGERS Size- — 3*4" 4 " 5" 6" Single Bead .. $4.25 $4.50 $4.75 $5.25 Weight, gross lots, in cartons 28 lbs. 31 lbs. 37 lbs. 41 lbs. Double Bead 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.50 Weight, gross lots, in cartons 30 lbs. STEEL STRAP HANGERS 33 lbs. 41 lbs. 45 lbs. Single Bead .. $3.75 $4.00 $4.25 $4.75 Weight, gross lots, in cartons 38 lbs. 40 lbs. 46 lbs. 50 lbs. Double Bead 4.00 4.25 4.50 5.00 Weight, gross lots, in cartons Prices 45 lbs. on Copper Wire Hangers on 47 lbs. request. 54 lbs. 58 lbs. AMT o STOCK GUTTERS AND FITTINGS Packed in crates containing 250 lineal feet Prices are for Galvanized Steel in 10-Foot Lengths when Ordered in Quantities of 250 Lineal Feet or More at a Time. Prices on Miters and Ends are for Any Quantity when Ordered with Gutters. 8535 £3$ • - I II it in. . A* -- ... ■ ■ H'l Hill*— Style "J” O. G. Gutter Width top, inches — 354 . 4 *4 554 654 Width bottom, inches — 2 3 354 4 Depth front, inches — 2Va 3/ 2 4 ■/* sy 2 Depth back, inches — 2Vs 434 47/8 6 Girth, in. ..10 13 15 18 Style 109 O. G. Gutter Width top, inches — 3>/ 2 4*4 5*4 Width bottom, inches — 2Ya 3 33,4 Depth front, inches — 23/* 334 4>4 Depth back, inches — 3 'A 4 'A 5 Girth, in. ..10 13 15 6'/2 4 5 ‘,4 6 18 Style “E" Box Gutter Width, ins 5 6 7 8 Depth, ins 4 434 5 l /i 6 Girth, ins 15 18 22 24 \ '■■■ ■- ' d— .. - 1 Style “A” Plain Roof Gutter Girth, ins 15 18 20 24 Height front, inches — 2 Va 33/6 35/s 45/6 Style “B” Plain Roof Gutter Girth, ins 15 18 20 Height front, inches — 33/6 4 5 Style “G” O. G. Gutter Width, ins 4 5 24 Depth ins 4 454 Girth, ins 13 15 6 6 5 18 8 6 1 22 Style No. 110 Box Gutter Width, ins 354 4 54 5 54 6 54 Depth, ins 354 4 54 5 534 Girth, ins 13 15 18 20 Style “F” Box Gutter Width, ins 5 6 7 Depth, ins 354 4 434 Girth, ins 15 18 20 8 5 22 List Prices per 100 GUTTERS Lineal Feet in Crate Lots of 250 ft. Girth, inches . 10 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 No. 28 gauge $20.00 $25.00 $29.00 $32.00 $35.00 $38.00 $42.00 $48.00 $60.00 $65.00 Wt. 100 ft. crated 81 lbs. 94 lbs. 101 lbs. 107 lbs. 116 lbs. 122 lbs. 137 lbs. 154 lbs. 171 lbs. 188 lbs. No. 26 gauge . 24.00 31.00 36.00 40.00 43.00 46.00 50.00 58.00 65.00 70.00 Wt. 100 ft. crated 96 lbs. 111 lbs. 120 lbs. 128 lbs. 137 lbs. 145 lbs. 162 lbs. 177 lbs. 194 lbs. 214 lbs. No. 24 gauge . 34.00 40.00 45.00 50.00 53.00 56.00 60.00 68.00 75.00 85.00 Wt. 100 ft. crated 1 16 lbs. 136 lbs. 147 lbs. 157 lbs. 168 lbs. MITERS List Prices, Each. 178 lbs. 200 lbs. 219 lbs. 240 lbs. 263 lbs. No. 28 gauge . $1.20 $1.50 $1.75 $1.95 $2.10 $2.30 $2.50 $2.90 $3.60 $3.90 No. 26 gauge 1.45 1.85 2.15 2.40 2.60 2.75 3.00 3.50 3.90 4.20 No. 24 gauge . 2.05 2.40 2.70 3.00 3.20 3.35 ENDS Loose, List Prices, Each. 3.60 4.10 4.50 5.10 No. 28 gauge . $0.60 $0.75 $0.88 $0.98 $1.05 $1.15 $1.25 $1.45 $1.80 $1.95 No. 26 gauge .75 .95 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.75 1.95 2.10 No. 24 gauge . 1.05 1.20 1.35 1.50 1.60 ENDS Soldered On, List Prices, 1.70 Each. 1.80 2.05 2.25 2.55 No. 28 gauge . $1.80 $2.25 $2.65 $2.95 $3.15 $3.45 $3.75 $4.35 $5.40 $5.85 No. 26 gauge . 2.25 2.85 3.30 3.60 3.90 4.20 4.50 5.25 5.85 6.30 No. 24 gauge . 3.15 3.60 4.05 4.50 4.80 5.10 5.40 6.15 6.75 7.65 Extra High Back, per inch of girth. per 100 ft ....$3.00 gutter outlets are to be located. In ordering Miters for Styles “A” and “B” Gutters state exact pitch of roof. 2lny stock gutter can be had with extra high back or with graded or pitched bottom . List prices apply on common steel, Copper-Alloy and GOHI pure iron. Prices on 14 and 16 oz. copper on request. 10 o COMBINATION GUTTERS AND FITTINGS Style “M” combination gutter and cornice. Width, inches 3*4 4}4 5 14 Depth, inches 2% 3*4 4 14 Roof flange, inches 3^4 4 514 Total girth, inches 24 30 36 GUTTER No. 28 gauge Gutter list prices, per 100 lineal feet. $65.00 $80.00 $95.00 $108.00 Weight, 100 ft., crated 200 lbs. 245 lbs. 285 lbs. 335 lbs. No 26 gauge 70.00 90.00 110.00 123.00 Weight. 100 ft., crated 235 lbs. 285 lbs 335 lbs. 380 lbs. No. 24 gauge 80.00 110.00 140.00 155.00 Weight, 100 ft., crated 280 lbs. 350 lbs. 410 lbs. 470 lbs. No. 28 gauge Miters, MITERS double, list price, each. $3.90 $4.80 $5.70 $6.50 No. 26 gauge 4.20 5 40 6.60 7.35 No. 24 gauge 4.80 6.60 8.40 9.30 No. 28 gauge Ends, ENDS loose, list price, each. $1.90 $2.40 $2.85 $3.25 No. 26 gauge 2.10 2.70 3.30 3.70 No. 24 gauge 2.40 3.30 4.20 4.65 No. 28 gauge ENDS Ends, soldered on, list price, each. $5.70 $7.20 $8.55 $9.75 No. 26 gauge 6.30 8.10 9.90 11.10 No. 24 gauge 7.20 9.90 12.60 13.95 Lengths of Gutter Hooks or Straps required to fasten dif- ferent Gutters Gutters Nos. 109, 110 and Style “J” 3^4" wide 10" long Straps 4 1 / 2 " wide 10" long Straps 5*4" wide 12" long Straps 6*4" wide 12" long Straps Gutters, Styles “E”, “F” and “G” 4" wide 12" long Hooks 5" wide 12" long Hooks 6" wide 15" long Hooks 7" wide 15" long Hooks 8" wide 20" long Hooks Gutters, Styles “A” and “B” 15" girth 10" long Hooks 18" girth 12" long Hooks 20" girth ........12" long Hooks 24" girth 15" long Hooks GUTTER HOOKS Total Length Price, Each Total Length 10 inches $0.22 15 inches 12 inches 24 20 inches Price, Each $0 27 30 STRAP GUTTER HANGERS Total Length Price, Each Total Length 10 inches $0.15 15 inches 12 inches 16 20 inches GUTTER OUTLETS 10 inches long Price, Each $0.18 20 3 4 Round Price Loose inch. ...$0.40 inch 50 Price Soldered on $1.25 1.50 Square Price Loose 5 inch. ...$0.60 6 inch 80 Price Soldered on $2.00 2.50 List prices apply on common steel, Copper-Alloy and GOHI pure iron. Prices on 14 and 16 oz. copper on request. 11 © CONDUCTOR PIPE "St. Paul” conductor pipe made of prime, tight coated stock, in 10-ft. lengths, plain or round and square corrugated. Every length straight, tight seams, corrugations deep and uniform, packed 250 lineal feet in a crate; also nested two or more sizes to a crate. Round Corrugated Conductor Pipe List prices, per 100 lineal feet, in crate lots of 250 feet, F. O. B. St. Paul. Size, inches No. 28 gauge Weight, crated, 100 ft No. 26 gauge Weight, crated, 100 ft, No. 24 gauge Weight,, crated, 100 ft. 2 $18.00 61 lbs. 3 $20.00 84 lbs. 4 $28.00 104 lbs. 5 $39.00 124 lbs. 6 $50.00 165 lbs. 23.00 72 lbs. 24.00 94 lbs. 34.00 121 lbs. 46.00 147 lbs. 58.00 189 lbs. 34.00 133 lbs. 46.00 166 lbs. 60.00 201 lbs. 72 00 233 lbs. Plain Round Conductor Pipe List prices, per 100 lineal feet, in crate lots of 250 feet, F. O. B. St. Paul. Size, inches No. 28 gauge Weight, crated, 100 ft No. 26 gauge Weight, crated, 100 ft. No. 24 gauge Weight, crated, 100 ft. 2 $18.00 55 lbs. 3 $20.00 85 lbs. 4 $28.00 104 lbs. 5 $39.00 124 lbs. 6 $50.00 165 lbs. 23.00 64 lbs. 24.00 96 lbs. 34,00 119 lbs. 46.00 145 lbs. 58.00 190 lbs. 34.00 135 lbs. 46.00 166 lbs. 60.00 197 lbs. 72.00 234 lbs. Square Corrugated Conductor Pipe List price, per 100 lineal feet, in crate lots of 250 ft., F. O. B. St. Paul. Size, inches 23/8x354 2*4*454 3^4x5 Capacity in round corrugated, inches 2 3 4 5 No. 28 gauge $23.00 $24.00 $31.00 $42.00 Weight, crated, 100 ft 58 lbs 81 lbs. 103 lbs. 123 lbs. No. 26 gauge 29.00 30.00 38.00 50.00 Weight, crated, 100 ft 70 lbs. 92 lbs. 120 lbs. 150 lbs. No. 24 gauge 40.00 50.00 65.00 Weight, crated, 100 ft 112 lbs. 150 lbs. 184 lbs. Carried in stock in Nos. 28 and 26 gauge. No. 24 gauge is made up specially. Crating of small lots will be charged at cost. For less than crate lots add lc per foot net extra to prevailing prices. List prices apply on common steel, Copper-Alloy and GOHI pure iron. Prices on 14 and 16 oz. copper on request. 12 ELBOWS. SHOES AND FUNNELS FOB CONDUCTOR PIPE Made of One Piece of Metal and Galvanized after Formation Making Them Perfectly Water Tight. Made in Three Styles. CORRUGATED ROUND CONDUCTOR PIPE ELBOWS AND SHOES No. 0 No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 Shoe 30 Degrees 45 Degrees 60 Degrees 75 Degrees 90 Degrees 75 Degrees PLAIN ROUND CONDUCTOR PIPE ELBOWS AND SHOES No. 0 No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 Shoe 30 Degrees 45 Degrees 60 Degrees 75 Degrees 90 Degrees 75 Degrees In ordering always specify number of Elbow as well as size. List Prices per Dozen on Galvanized Round Corrugated and Plain Round Elbows and Shoes. Size, inches 2 3 4 5 6 Elbows, No. 28 gauge $3.60 $4.32 $7.20 $15.00 $18.00 Weight, dozen, in carton 13 lbs. 19 lbs. 25 lbs. 30 lbs. Elbows, No. 26 gauge 3.60 4.32 7.20 15.00 18.00 Weight, dozen, in carton 13 lbs. 15 lbs. 23 lbs. 30 lbs. 35 lbs. Shoes, No. 28 gauge 4.80 5.76 9.00 18.00 21.60 Weight, dozen, in carton 13 lbs. 19 lbs. 25 lbs. 30 lbs. SQUARE CORRUGATED CONDUCTOR PIPE, ELBOWS AND SHOES §f§ wm Style “A” Style “B” Shoe Flat Turn Side Turn Flat Turn Both Styles “A” and “B” Square Corrugated Elbows can be furnished from stock. Shoe is 75 degrees. List Prices per Dozen on Galvanized Square Corrugated Elbows and Shoes. in No. 3 60-degree angle Size, inches I%x2 % 23/ 8 x3J4 23/4x41/4 33/x5 Capacity in Round Corrugated, inches.. 2 3 4 5 Elbows, No. 28 gauge $4.80 $6.00 $7.80 $12.00 Weight, dozen, in carton 12 lbs. 20 lbs. 26 lbs. Elbows, No. 26 gauge 4.80 6.00 7.80 12.00 Weight, dozen, in carton 14 lbs. 24 lbs. 31 lbs. Shoes, No. 28 gauge 6.00 7.20 9.60 15.00 Weight, dozen, in carton 13 lbs. 21 lbs. 26 lbs. Elbows can be supplied in No. 24 gauge and Shoes in No. 26 and No. 24 gauge on short notice but are not carried in stock. Prices on Elbows and Shoes made from 14 and 16 oz. copper on request. FUNNELS For Round and Round Corrugated Conductor Pipe. Made of No. 26 gauge galvanized. Funnel List Prices per Dozen, F. Diameter of Pipe is locked O. B. St. No. No. No. F-2 F-3 F-4 2- inch 3- inch 4- inch and tube Paul. Weight, in box per Dozen 25 lbs. 28 lbs. 32 lbs. soldered on. Prices $7.20 9.60 12.00 Funnels for Conductor Pipe o RAINWATER CUT-OFFS. STRAINERS AND OTHER FITTINGS GALVANIZED AFTER FORMATION Made in Three Styles. Round “Young’s” Plain Corrugated Combination Round Cut ' oli ^5r*l cut-off cut-off List Prices per Dozen on all Round Cut-offs. Size, inches 2 3 4 5 6 Round Corrugated, No. 28 gauge $7.50 $8.00 $11.00 $20.00 $24.00 Plain Round, No. 28 gauge 7.00 8.00 11.00 20.00 24.00 Weight, dozen, in carton 8 lbs. 10 lbs. 21 lbs. 25 lbs. 31 lbs. "‘‘Young’s” Combination Weight, dozen, in carton 16 lbs. 24 lbs. Round Corrugated and Plain Round can also be supplied in No. 26 gauge on short notice, but are not carried in stock in that weight. Prices on 14 and 16 oz. copper cut-offs quoted upon request. SQUARE CORRUGATED CUT-OFFS List Prices per Dozen on Sauare Corrugated Cut-offs. Size, inches I%x2% 234x3% 2%x4% 3%x5 Capacity in Round Corrugated, inches.... 2 3 4 5 Square Corrugated, No. 28 gauge $8.00 $10.00 $14.00 $24.00 u **ll v Weight, dozen, in carton 12 lbs. 14 lbs. 24 lbs. 28 lbs. GALVANIZED WIRE STRAINERS Every outlet should be equipped with one of our Wire Strainers. They prevent leaves and other refuse entering the pipe. Ours are galvanized after formation and will not rust. Size, inches 2 3 Galvanized for Round Openings $1.50 $2.00 Weight, dozen, in carton 3 lbs. 4 lbs. The flexibility of these strainers permit their use on square openings. Prices on copper wire strainers upon request. BRANCH “Y” FOR CONDUCTOR PIPE 4 $3.00 6 lbs. 5 $3.50 8 lbs. 6 $4.00 1 1 lbs. BY 2, for 2-inch Round Corrugated Pipe BY 3, for 3-inch Round Corrugated Pipe BY 4, for 4-inch Round Corrugated Pipe BY 20, for 2-inch Square Corrugated Pipe BY 30, for 3-inch Square Corrugated Pipe BY 40, for 4-inch Square Corrugated Pipe STRAIGHT “Y” FOR CONDUCTOR PIPE 2- inch Round Corrugated Pipe. 3- inch Round Corrugated Pipe. 4- inch Round Corrugated Pipe. 2- inch Square Corrugated Pipe. 3- inch Square Corrugated Pipe. 4- inch Square Corrugated Pipe. Weight, Dozen, Wood Box 18 lbs. 22 lbs. 25 lbs. 15 lbs. 22 lbs. 25 lbs. Weight, Dozen, Wood Box 17 lbs. 22 lbs. 25 lbs. 16 lbs. 22 lbs. 25 lbs. T’s FOR CONDUCTOR PIPE T 2. for 2-inch Round Corrugated Pipe T 3, for 3-inch Round Corrugated Pipe wi | l rr T 4, for 4-inch Round Corrugated Pipe T 20, for 2-inch Square Corrugated Pipe T 30, for 3-inch Square Corrugated Pipe T 40, for 4-inch Square Corrugated Pipe Made of Sections of Conductor Pipe accurately mitered and soldered water-tight the busy tinner. Made of No. 26 gauge galvanized. Weight, Dozen, Wood Box 18 lbs. 22 lbs. 25 lbs. 18 lbs. 22 lbs. 25 lbs. List Price, Dozen $8.00 10.00 13.00 9.00 11.00 14.00 List Price, Dozen $8.00 10.00 13.00 9.00 11.00 14.00 List Price, Dozen $8.00 10.00 13.00 9.00 11.00 14.00 Time savers to Square fittings are made with “flat” side against the wall. 14 HOOKS AND HANGERS FOR CONDUCTOR PIPE T inned Size, inches .... Round, for wood Weight, 100 in carton Round, for brick Packed in Boxes Containing 100 Hooks of a Kind Plain Sickle Conductor Pipe Hooks are tinned after made and will not break in driving. Prices are for full box lots of 100 hooks. HOOKS AND HANGERS FOR CONDUCTOR PIPE Plain Sickle Hooks, malleable tinned. List prices per 100 in 100 piece lots. 2 $3.50 8 lbs. 4.60 Weight, 100 in carton. 10 lbs. 3 $6.00 12 lbs. 6.75 14 lbs. 4 $7.20 16 lbs. 9.70 18 lbs. Hinged Conductor Pipe Hooks are tinned and de- signed to hold the pipe away from the wall to permit painting behind the pipe. Prices are for full box lots of 100 hooks. Corrugated Hinged Hooks for wood. Tinned Size, inches Round, for wood Weight, 100 in carton. Round, for brick Weight, 100 in carton. List Prices per 100, in 100 piece lots. 2 3 $7.85 $10.35 18 lbs. 22 lbs. 9.50 12.30 19 lbs. 23 lbs. 4 $14.50 24 lbs. 17.50 26 lbs. Plain Sickle Hook for brick. Tinned 5 6 $12.30 $16.40 20 lbs. 26 lbs. 13.20 18.50 22 lbs. 30 lbs. Corrugated Hinged Hooks for brick, Tinned 5 6 $20.75 $28.50 28 lbs. 31 lbs. 21.80 29.40 30 lbs. 33 lbs. Direct Drive for wood. Galvanized ROUND DIRECT DRIVE HOOKS Round Direct Drive Conductor Pipe Hooks are strong and inexpensive. Galvanized after being formed. Prices are for full box lots of 100 hooks. Size, inches Round, for wood Weight, 100 in carton. Round, for brick Weight, 100 in carton. Direct Drive for b rick, Galvanized 2 254 3 4 5 6 $3.00 $4.00 $5.00 $7.00 $10.00 $12.00 9 lbs. 12 lbs. 13 lbs. 22 lbs. 31 lbs. 35 lbs. 3.50 4.50 5.50 8.50 12.00 15.00 1 1 lbs. 14 lbs. 15 lbs. 25 lbs. 33 lbs. 38 lbs. Direct Drive for brick. Galvanized SQUARE DIRECT DRIVE HOOKS Square Direct Drive Conductor Pipe Hooks are strong and inexpensive. Galvanized after being formed. Prices are for full box lots of 100 hooks. List Prices per 100, in 100 piece lots. Direct Drive for wood. Galvanized Size, inches 2 254 3 4 5 6 Square, for wood $3.00 $4.00 $5.00 $7.00 $10.00 $12.00 Weight, 100 in carton 10 lbs. 12 lbs. 13 lbs. 23 lbs. 34 lbs. 37 lbs. Square, for brick 3.50 4.50 5.50 8.50 12.00 15.00 Weight, 100 in carton 12 lbs. 14 lbs. 15 lbs. 27 lbs. 36 lbs. 40 lbs. Two-inch corrugated pipe, round or square corrugated, requires 254" round or square hooks. Two- inch hook prices cover 2" hooks for 2 " plain round pipe. Wire Hangers for Conductor Pipe can be used on either wood or brick walls. Made of galvanized wire and will hold pipe away from the wall permitting both to be painted. List prices are for full box lots. Size- — Wt., 100 in Carton Gauge of Wire List Price 2- inch 2 lbs. 12 $4.50 3- inch 3 lbs. 11 5.00 4- inch 5 lbs. 10 6.00 5- inch 7 lbs. 9 7.00 6- inch 10 lbs. 8 8.00 15 o FLASHING HOOKS, CONDUCTOR HEADS AND ENDS Flashing Hooks FLASHING HOOKS Galvanized, packed 100 hooks per box. List prices per 100. No. FH 15, l x /2 inches long $0.70 No. FH 25, 2*4 inches long 1.10 No. FH 35, 3*4 inches long 2.00 No. FH 55, Sy 2 inches long 3.40 The 5 r 4-inch size is suitable for Square Conductor Pipe. Conductor Pipe Ends Panelled Conductor Pipe Ends CONDUCTOR PIPE ENDS No. 3 G, Galvanized, 354x3*4- inch, price per pair $0.35 No. 3 C, Copper, 3^4x3 x 4-i n ch, price per pair 75 (For 2 and 3-inch pipe.) No. 5 G, Galvanized, 5x5-inch, price per pair 40 No. 5 C, Copper, 5x5-inch, price per pair 85 (For 4 and 5-inch pipe.) Can be used with any Conductor Pipe but will make an exceptionally attractive trim when used with square corru- gated pipe. PANELLED CONDUCTOR PIPE ENDS No. 30 G, Galvanized, 3 I 4x3 I 4-inch Ends, price each $1.50 No. 30 C, Copper, 3 x 2 x 3 x 4-inch Ends, price each 2.00 (For 2 and 3-inch pipe.) No. 50 G, Galvanized, 5x5-inch Ends, price each 2.00 No. 50 C, Copper, 5x5-inch Ends, price each 2.50 (For 4 and 5-inch Ends.) Ends are soldered to side and front panels, and then backed with metal to stiffen. Make excellent trim for square con- ductor pipe. CONDUCTOR HEADS Made of Galvanized Steel, Zinc and Copper, to Fit Any Size Pipe. Special Designs of Any Kind Made to Order. No. CH73 No. CH68 No. CH69 No. CH71 No. CH67 No. CH72 Conductor Heads are made with open back and pipe passing through from top to bottom to fit 3-inch, 4-inch and 5-inch round and round corrugated pipe, and 2? gxS^-inch, 234x4%-inch an< ^ 3%x5-inch square pipe. When ordering conductor heads for square pipe, state how pipe will be placed against building — whether the wide or narrow side will be turned against it. Prices on zinc and copper conductor heads will be quoted on request. Can make prices on special conductor heads upon being furnished with blue prints or sketches. List Prices Conductor Heads, F. O. B. St. Paul. Design No. Width, Top Height, Overall Galv. Steel, Each CH 67 10-in. 15-in. $11.00 CH 68 1614-in. 13-in. 7.50 CH 69 16-in. 15-in. 17.50 CH 71 11-in. 15-in. 8.00 CH 72 11-in. 1554-in. 15.00 CH 73 9 : 4-in. 15-in. 13.00 lb ALMQUIST RAIN WATER FILTER ITS OPERATION Water from the roof enters “A” passing upward through charcoal “B” into top of filter “D” where it enters pipe “E” draining into cistern. All sediment, dirt, bugs, leaves, etc., washed from roof, settles into trap at bot- tom of filter where they can be easily re- moved by opening cap “F”. FILTER YOUR RAIN WATER with an ALMQUIST Rain Water Filter. Filtering removes all impurities and places at your disposal the pure soft rain water just as it comes from the clouds. It removes all alkali so that rain water can be used for cooking without fear of corroding or eating out any kind of cooking utensils. The ALMQUIST Filter is not an experi- ment, it is a proven success, simple in opera- tion yet thorough in its work of cleansing and purifying the water, and when in- stalled; not only acts as a filter but takes the place of a cut off from the cistern as well. Size No. Pipe Diam. Height Weight Each 30 3 in. 12 in. 14 in. 12 lbs. $7.00 40 4 in. 16 in. 16 in. 14 lbs. 8.00 Caps with Clamps Each, .50 Packed two in a crate complete, with charcoal. ASBESTOS FIBRE PLASTIC ROOFING CEMENT ST. PAUL PLASTIC CEMENT will quickly and perman- ently seal cracks and holes and prevent leaks in metal, felt, composition and gravel roofs. It is the best, simplest and most economical method for repairing old leaky roofs, sidewalk lights, joining roofs to walls and chimneys, lining old worn gutters, mending skylights, slate and tile. ST. PAUL PLASTIC CEMENT is always ready for use. There is nothing to mix or stir, nothing to heat up or melt. It can be applied in any kind of weather, either in sun- shine, rain or snow, and on all surfaces and in any position, even on the under side of a horizontal surface. ST. PAUL PLASTIC CEMENT will not get hard and brittle under extreme cold. Neither will it soften and run under the heat of the sun. It stays where it is put, expand- ing and contracting with the old surface over which it has been applied. ST. PAUL PLASTIC CEMENT is economical, very light in weight and consequently bulky, one pound will go as far as three pounds of the ordinary heavy mineral plaster that will shrink and crack after it is dry. ST. PAUL PLASTIC CEMENT is invaluable to the tinner and roofer; a water tight joint can always be obtained. It is the only thing to use on old rusty tin that cannot be soldered. It does not deteriorate in the package and can be kept indefinitely. A quantity of ST. PAUL PLASTIC CEMENT always on hand is a good economy and a wise precaution. Put up in following sized containers: 600 pound steel drums. 25 pound steel kits. 400 pound steel Y 2 drums. 10 pound cans (12 in case). 100 pound steel kegs. 5 pound cans (12 in case). 50 pound steel kits. FORMED AND ROLL VALLEY AND FLASHINGS FORMED VALLEYS Made of Galvanized Steel Only in 10-Foot Lengths ' T < I List Prices per 100 ft. in 250 ft. lots, bundled and wired. Girth, inches .. No. 28 gauge Weight, 100 ft., No. 26 gauge.... Weight, 100 ft., ^ - 2 - ‘ ,Ll LI 10 14 20 24 28 $20.00 $32.00 $48.00 $65.00 $75.00 65 lbs. 91 lbs. 130 lbs. 156 lbs. 183 lbs. 24.00 40.00 58.00 70.00 80.00 76 lbs. 106 lbs. 151 lbs. 182 lbs. 211 lbs. ; valley^ 1, WLU t .JHroliS; % 4ij :U EXTRAS ON ROLL VALLEY CALV ; Hi ROLLS. .i 3 Painting Tin Valley — 1 side, 100 ft., NET For single cross lock and solder, 100 ft. NET All widths have wood ends to protect. Valley in Rolls Galvanized and Tin . 10 14 20 24 28 .$0.15 $0.25 $0.35 $0.40 $0.50 . .30 .50 .70 .80 1.00 1 .50 .70 .90 1.00 1.20 GALVANIZED VALLEY IN ROLLS Made in 50 ft. and 100 ft. rolls, with double cross lock not soldered, and single lock, soldered. List Prices per 100 ft. in full rolls, wired. Girth, inches Double Cross Lock, not soldered, No. 28 gauge. Weight, 100 ft Double Cross Lock, not soldered, No. 26 gauge. Weight, 100 ft Weight. 10C Single Lock Weight, 100 soldered, No. 10 14 20 24 28 $20.00 $32.00 $48.00 $65.00 $75.00 65 lbs. 91 lbs. 130 lbs. 156 lbs. 183 lbs. 24.00 40.00 58.00 75.00 85.00 76 lbs. 106 lbs. 151 lbs. 182 lbs. 211 lbs. 20.00 32.00 48.00 65.00 75.00 65 lbs. 91 lbs. 130 lbs. 156 lbs. 183 lbs. 24.00 40.00 58.00 75.00 85.00 76 lbs. 106 lbs. 151 lbs. 182 lbs. 211 lbs. IN ROLLS Made in from 8 lb. I. Girth, inches TIN VALL 50 and 100 ft. rolls, with double cross lock, not soldered, and single C and I X. long terne roofing tin, 10 foot long sheets. List Prices per 100 ft. in full rolls, wired. lock, soldered, made "Weight, 100 ft Double Cross Lock, not soldered, I. X. tern Weight. 100 ft Single Cross Lock, soldered, I. C. terne tin. Weight. 100 ft Single Cross Lock, soldered, I. X. terne tir Weight, 100 ft 10 14 20 24 28 $10.00 $14.00 $20.00 $24.00 $28.00 50 lbs. 80 lbs. 100 lbs. 130 lbs. 160 lbs. 11.50 16.00 22.50 27.00 31.50 62 lbs. 87 lbs. 124 lbs. 149 lbs. 174 lbs. 10.00 14.00 20.00 24.00 28.00 50 lbs. 80 lbs. 100 lbs. 130 lbs. 160 lbs. 11.50 16.00 22.50 27.00 31.50 62 lbs. 87 lbs. 124 lbs. 149 lbs. 174 lbs. FLASHINGS Made of Galvanized Steel or Tin. Packed in bundles of 100 pieces each. Size 4x5, per Weight, 5x7, per Weight, 7x10, per 1,000 pieces. Weight, 1000 pieces, w , inches — 1,000 pieces. 1.000 pieces, 1.000 pieces. 1000 pieces, 1 Galvanized Tin . $15.00 $12.00 .. 110 lbs. 100 lbs. 23.00 17.00 . 130 lbs. 120 lbs. 40.00 33.00 .. 170 lbs. 150 lbs. Flashings Galvanized Steel or Tin o ST. PAUL JUDGE AND HIP TILE MAKE A DISTINCTIVE ROOF FINISH The beauty of a dwelling is largely in the roof design, and finish used. Steel will lend itself more readily to those attractive finishing touches which make one building stand out prominently from among others, than any other material. The ST. PAUL line of Ridge and Hip Tile has long been known for its attractiveness, fine workmanship and general adaptability. It is complete in every detail. For every hip or ridge finish made, there is a complete line of terminals and starters, and they are all carefully proportioned to each other to pro- vide a finish for any kind of a roof that for appear- ance and finish is unmatched. Whether a bungalow, two story dwelling of the hip or gable type, or a duplex, new or old, there is a finish made that can be used to advantage. — Aside from the beautifying effect gained by the use of ST. PAUL Hip and Ridge Tile, no other finish is more practical. These finishes are easily put up and if properly laid, will provide an ideal, weather- proof job. They will not curl, warp or rot away like boards and are so designed that they can be used on both hips and ridges; in fact, the same finish should be used on both hips and ridges to secure the best possible results. GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR APPLYING ST. PAUL RIDGE AND HIP TILE New Buildings — Shingle to the ridge or hip as you would with any other finish and nail the hip and ridge tile selected over the shingles. Start at the eaves end for hips, using a starter at that point. As the next step, nail the terminal in place at the other end. Lay the hip tile, whether individual or con- tinuous, over each other, beginning at the starter, so that the pieces will lay with the weather and not against it. To finish ridges, nail terminal at left hand end and then follow with tile from left to right. Before nailing on the last piece at right, nail on the other terminal and then nail in place the last tile or piece of finish. Always use a cord or line nailed at both points of each hip or ridge to insure laying the finish in a straight, unvarying line. This is more necessary in laying individual tile than with continuous finishes although it is a good rule to follow in both cases. Old Buildings — Remove old boards and replace the shingles broken off before putting on the finish, unless a large finish is used and boards are narrow, in which case the finish can be nailed over boards. Typical Homes on Which St. Paul Hip and Ridge Tile are used In other respects follow the same directions given under new buildings. WHAT FINISH TO USE FOR A GIVEN BUILDING The amount which one wishes to invest in a suitable roof trim, largely governs the style or kind to select. For hip roofs, whether on one or two story dwellings, use the individual tile, giving pref- erence to the 854-in. long pieces for one story and the 12-in. long for two story structures. For gable roof dwellings, like Dutch Colonials, the same rule applies. But whichever is selected use the same size on all roofs. Do not use 12-in. long on the main roof of a two story dwelling and 854-in. long on the porches. These rules also apply to continuous de- signs. Always lay the heavy or bold end toward the eaves on hips and to the right on ridges. 19 o INDIVIDUAL RIDGE AND II1P TILE WITH TRIMMINGS Made of Tight Coated Galvanized Steel, Carefully Stamped and Very Bold Use One Starter at Eaves of every Hip Individual Individual Tile Starter Number Pcs., Weight, Bundled F. O. B. St. Paul No. Width, Ins. Length, Ins. Girth, Ins. 100 ft. 100 ft. List Price, 100 ft. 12-A 5 54 sy a 11 54 142 90 lbs. $22.00 12-B sy* 12 11 54 100 80 lbs. 18.00 For Use on Hips and Ridges. Eaves Starter (for Nos. 12A and 12B Tile) List Price, Each No. 112-A, 8 1/2 inches long, for No. 12A. Each $0.35 No. 112-B, 12 inches long, for No. 12B. Each 40 \ Illustration shows No. 12-A individual tile assembled. Note the bold effect. To get the best effect use this finish on both hips and ridges. Use one No. 112 starter at the eaves end of each hip and a term- inal at the other to get the best effect. RIDGE TERMINALS For above Hip Tile Stamped of Tight Coated Galvanized Steel and Made to Fit No. 12 Individual Tile. These Can be Adjusted to Fit Any Ordinary Pitch of Roof. No. 123 Hip terminal 10 Inches High Made to fit No. 12 Tile and can be used on any roof with ordinary pitch. No. 124 Gable Terminal 10 Inches High Made to fit No. 12 Tile and can be used on any roof with ordinary pitch. No. 125 Peak Terminal 10 Inches High Made to fit No. 12 Tile and can be used on any roof with ordinary pitch. List Prices, Dozen, F. O. B. St. Paul. No. 123 Hip, weight dozen, boxed, 45 lbs $33.00 No. 124 Gable, weight dozen, boxed, 35 lbs 36.00 No. 125 Peak, weight dozen, boxed, 30 lbs 42.00 Stamped in parts and assembled. Boxing extra. Use a Terminal at each end of Ridge or, if building is square, at Peak 20 o CONTINUOUS HIP SII1NGUES AND TRIMMINGS Made of tight coated galvanized steel. Unusually bold. Note particularly that dimen- sions given are the width across the base from edge to edge and the length noted is from center to center of shingle. It is common practice to represent the girth of material used as the width and the over-all measurement of each shingle as the length. Prices are for lots of 250 lineal feet or more in 5-foot lengths. No. 22 Continuous Hip Shingles, stamped in 5 foot lengths. Width of each Shingle 7 inches, length of each Shingle 9V 2 inches, girth 10 inches. Weight per 100 lineal feet, 65 lbs. Price F. O. B. St. Paul. Per 100 lineal feet $11.50 No. 122 Eaves Starter for No. 22 Hip Shingles, List price, each $0.20 No. 122 Matches No. 22 USE A STARTER AT EAVES OF EVERY HIP RIDGE TERMINALS For above Hip Shingles Stamped of Galvanized Iron and Securely Soldered Together. No. 127 Hip Terminal 10 Inches High Made to fit No. 22 hip shingle and can be used on any roof with ordinary pitch. No. 128 Gable Terminal 10 Inches High Made to fit No. 22 hip shingle and can be used on any roof with ordinary pitch. No. 129 Peak Terminal 10 Inches High Made to fit No. 22 hip shingle and can be used on any roof with ordinary pitch. List Prices, Dozen, F. O. B. St. Paul. No. 127 Hip, weight dozen, boxed 30 lbs $31.20 No. 128 Gable, weight dozen, boxed, 25 lbs 33.00 No. 129 Peak, weight dozen, boxed, 30 lbs 36.00 Stamped in parts and assembled. Boxing extra. Use a Terminal at each end of Ridge or, if building is square, at Peak 21 CONTINUOUS HIP SHINGLES AND TRIMMINGS Made of tight coated galvanized steel. Unusually bold. Note particularly that dimen- sions given are the width across the base from edge to edge and the length noted is from center to center of shingle. It is common practice to represent the girth of material used as the width and the over-all measurement of each shingle as the length. Prices are for lots of 250 lineal feet or more in 5-foot lengths. No. 19 Continuous Hip Shingle, stamped in 5 foot lengths. Width of each shingle 5 y 2 inches, length of each shingle 8 l / 2 inches, girth 8y 2 inches. Weight per 100 lineal feet 54 lbs. Price F. O. B. St. Paul. Per 100 lineal feet $9.50 No. 119 Matches No. 19 No. 119 Eaves Starter for No. 19 Hip Shingles. List Price, Each $0.18 USE A STARTER AT EAVES OF EVERY HIP RIDGE TERMINALS For above Hip Shingles No. 130 Hip Terminal 6 Inches High Made to fit Nos. 19 and 24 hip shingles and can be used on any roof with ordinary pitch. No. 131 Gable Terminal 6 Inches High Made to fit Nos. 19 and 24 hip shingles and can be used on any roof with ordinary pitch. No. 132 Peak Terminal 6 Inches High Made to fit Nos. 19 and 24 hip shingles and can be used on any roof with ordinary pitch. List Prices, Dozen, F. O. B. St. Paul. No. 130 Hip, weight dozen, boxed, 25 lbs $10.20 No. 131 Gable, weight dozen, boxed, 18 lbs 10.20 No. 132 Peak, weight dozen, boxed, 28 lbs 24.00 Nos. 130 and 132 are stamped of 8 lb. terne tin in one piece and hot galvanized after stamping. No. 132 is stamped in parts and assembled. Use a Terminal at each end of Ridge or, if building is square, at Peak 22 o CONTINUOUS HIP SHINGLES AND TRIMMINGS Made of tight coated galvanized steel. Note particularly that dimensions given are the width across the base from edge to edge and the length noted is from center to center of shingle. It is common practice to represent the girth of material used as the width and the over-all measurement of each shingle as the length. Prices are for lots of 250 lineal feet or more in 5-foot lengths. j ji j i i m i i Iuijjijj 1 1 1 1 ;i hTi i; ii No. 24 Continuous Hip Shingles stamped in 5 foot lengths. Width of each shingle 4 inches, length of each shingle 6 inches, girth 5 inches. Weight per 100 lineal feet, 33 lbs. Price F. O. B. St. Paul. Per 100 lineal feet $5.30 . . No. 25 Continuous Hip Shingle, stamped in 5 foot lengths. Width of each shingle 3*4 inches, length of each shingle 5 inches, girth 4 ins. Weight per 100 lineal feet 26 lbs. Price F. O. B. St. Paul. Per 100 lineal feet .$4.75 No. 124 Matches No. 24 No. 124 Eaves Starter for No. 24 Hip Shingles. List price, dozen $1.25 No. 125 Matches No. 25 No. 125 Eaves Starter for No. 25 Hip Shingles. List price, dozen $1.00 Use a Starter at Eaves of Every Hip. RIDGE TERMINALS For above Hip Shingles No. 134 Hip Terminal Made to fit Nos. 24 and 25 hip shingles and can be used on any roof with ordinary pitch. No. 135 Gable Terminal Made to fit Nos. 24 and 25 hip shingles and can be used on any roof with ordinary pitch. No. 136 Peak Terminal Made to fit Nos. 24 and 25 hip shingles and can be used on any roof with ordinary pitch. List Prices, Dozen, F. O. B. St. Paul. No. 134 Hip, weight dozen, boxed, 9 lbs $8.40 No. 135 Gable, weight dozen, boxed, 8 lbs 8.40 No. 136 Peak, weight dozen, boxed, 6 lbs 12.00 Stamped of 8 lb. terne tin and hot galvanized after stamping. Use a Terminal at each end of Ridge or, if building is square, at Peak 23 PLAIN RIDGE ROLL AND ANGLE CAP WITH TRIMMINGS Made of Galvanized Steel in 10-Foot Lengths. O PLAIN RIDGE ROLL Size of roll, inches Width of apron, inches.. Total girth, inches No. 28 gauge Weight, 100 ft., bundled No. 26 gauge Weight, 100 ft., bundled No. 24 gauge Weight, 100 ft., bundled. i r A 154 2 254 3 134 2 254 3 354 7 8 10 12 14 lots of 250 feet. $16.00 $18.00 $20.00 $25.00 $32.00 46 lbs. 52 lbs. 65 lbs. 78 lbs. 91 lbs. 21.00 23.00 24.00 31.00 40.00 53 lbs. 60 lbs. 75 lbs. 91 lbs. 106 lbs. 32.00 34.00 40.00 50.00 77 lbs. 96 lbs. 116 lbs. 135 lbs. PLAIN ANGLE RIDGE CAP List Prices per 100 ft. in lots of 250 feet. Girth, inches No. 28 gauge Weight, 100 ft., bundled No. 26 gauge Weight, 100 ft., bundled 7 8 10 $16.00 $18.00 $20.00 46 lbs. 52 lbs. 65 lbs. 21.00 23.00 24.00 53 lbs. 60 lbs. 75 lbs. COMMON TERMINAL AND GLOBE FINIALS GLOBE FINIAL Seamed, not soldered. Hot galvanized af- t e r being formed. No joints to break open or parts to fall off. List Price, per dozen, in dozen lots, F. O. B. St. Paul $10.00 Weight, dozen, in box, 20 lbs. List Price, per dozen No. 150 Terminal, for 154 in. ridge roll $4.00 No. 149 Terminal, for 2 in. ridge roll 5.00 F. O. B. St. Paul. List Prices per Dozen, in dozen lots, F. O. B. St. Paul. Diam. Diam. Wt., Dozen List Price Roll Ball in box Dozen 1 54 in. 254 in. 4 lbs. $4.00 154 in. 254 in. 5 lbs. 4.00 2 in. 354 in. 7 lbs. 5.00 254 in. 4 in. 9 lbs. 6.00 No. 44 Gable T e r m i n a 1, height 7 in. Will fit 1 54 in., 1 54 in. and 2 in. Ridge Roll and any pitch of roof. STAMPED RIDGE TERMINAL For Plain or Corrugated Ridge Roll. Made of 8-lb. terne tin, hot galvanized after stamping. For above Hip and Ridge Finish No. 45 Gable Term- inal, 10 in. high, can be used on any roof, with an ordinary pitch. For use with plain ridge cap, and 154, 154 and 2 in. Ridge Roll. Cannot be used with ridges having a larger roll than 2 in. diameter. No. 46 Hip Term- inal, 10 in. high, can be used on any roof with an ordinary pitch. List Price, dozen, F. O. B. St. Paul. No. 45 Gable, wt. doz., boxed, 22 lbs. ..$18. 00 No. 46 Hip, wt. doz., boxed, 22 lbs. ..$18. 00 No Peak Terminal of this type made. No. 45 Terminal No. 46 Terminal 24 iADINT comwQArmo co . METAL BATTEN WITH PUNCHED NAIL HOLES Deep “V” formation in center allows for any degree of expansion and contraction which may occur. Made in 8 and 10 ft. lengths. List Price, per 1000 ft., F. O. B. St. Paul, weight, 1000 ft., crated, 180 lbs $26.00 BATTEN STRIPS SAVE MONEY With the increasing cost of lumber matched boards are often too expensive in farm building construction. Instead, unmatched lumber is commonly used, which makes neces- sary the use of Battens to make joints between boards. You have often noticed how the best matched lumber will split and crack after a build- ing stands for a few years. This is due to the shrinkage of poorly seasoned material and to continual expansion and contraction caused by the weather changes. Boards closely nailed are bound to break here and there as the result. Pruden System Battens make ample allowance for these conditions. Made of galvanized steel in 8 foot and 10 foot lengths, with nail holes punched every six inches. Machine formed and true. ROOF EDGING Full size Cross Sec- tion detail of Metal Batten. Made in 10 ft. lengths, 250 ft. to the crate. In laying prepared roofing and shingles, Roof Edging serves a two-fold purpose. It will hold down the eaves and gable edges or ends of the roofing so the wind cannot get underneath and tear it off and it will carry rain far enough over and away from the facia boards at the eaves so they will not be discolored by what washes off the roof. Is made 3 inch and 5 inch girth and in 10 ft. lengths. List Price per 100 lineal feet in crate lots, F. O. B. St. Paul. Wt„ 100 ft., Number Width Projection Girth Crated List Price RE 3 134 in. 5 8 in. 3 in. 25 lbs. $5.00 RE 5 3 % in. 1 in. 5 in. 36 lbs. 8.00 Crating at cost on less than crate lots, plus a net extra of 1 cent per foot. 25 i AH JNTT PAUL COEEUGATSM0 CO, BUILDING CORNERS For Weatherboard, Drop Siding or Bungalow Siding View of Dormer of a Mod- ern Home Showing Metal Building Corners. St. Paul Building Corners make an inexpensive corner finish for Lap, Drop or Bungalow Siding. Plain surface catches no dust; are little noticed when painted; chemical treatment elimi- nates use of primer; will hold any house paint first time over; afford a substantial protection to corners of building and allow no curling of siding due to shrinkage. Save labor in cutting siding. Put on with each course as wall goes up, or siding can be put up first and corners inserted later. In such case boards must not be nailed close to corners until inserted. Wide wings cover short boards or bad end cuts. Repairs are made by sawing half inch from corner of siding, pulling out nails close to corner and slipping in corners. Nail holes are partly cut. Use 4d casing nails. No. 6-0 Outside Corner No. 6-A Inside Angle No. 106-0 Outside Corner For Drop Siding No. 106-A Inside Angle No. 850-0 Outside Corner No. 850-A Inside Angle For 4 and 6 inch Weatherboard List Prices Building Corners, F. O. B. St. Paul. Fits Siding Called Nos. 4-0, 4-A 4-in. Beveled Lap Nos. 6-0, 6-A 6-in Beveled Lap Nos. 106-0, 106-A No. 106 Drop Nos. 850-0, 850-A Bungalow Actual Size Shipping wt., Prices of Corner 1,000 per 1000 y 2 x3y 2 -in. 72 lbs. $21.60 y 2 x5 -in. 95 lbs. 23.40 *4x6 -in. 100 lbs. 28.80 y 2 x 8 -in. 145 lbs. 50.00 Packed 250 to the box; on broken boxes add $4.00 per 1000 to above prices. 26 o Starters shown on this page fur- Illustration shows No. 01 Spanish Metal Tile, No. 02 Starter Tile, n ; s hed without extra charge. No. 21 Ridge and No. 122 Gable Terminal. A steel roofed building is secure from lightning. When lightning strikes a steel roof, its force is instantly dissipated and spread over the entire roof. This has been demon- strated by directing an electric current in the form of artificial lightning against a steel sphere filled with excelsior and other inflam- mable material. Whether considered from the standpoint of ultimate cost, appearance, durability, safeness from fire and lightning, metal tile and shingle roofs are the best to put on. Quotations gladly submitted. HOW TO PLACE IN POSITION Start the tiles at lower right hand side of the roof ; put on a starter first, see that it is well nailed on three edges, then place a regular tile lapping the starter so that by bending the dips at the top of the starter over tho tile it will hold the edge to the tile , then nail the free edge to the roof for the second row, lock the edge of the tile in the slip joint of the tile al- ready laid, lock the tile with the cleats, nail the free edge and con- tinue from right to left. NOTE — Be careful to get the first course parallel with the eaves. Metal tile and shingles are light in weight, more durable than wood shingles, attractive, will retard fire and cost more than others. Because of their light weight St. Paul Roof Tile and Shingles require no special roof framing. The usual 2x4 framing for supporting wood shingle roofs is all that is needed. Owing to the possibility of condensation in winter due to atmospheric changes and varying tempera- tures in the house, roof boards must be covered with a good quality of building paper before putting them up. Tar paper contains chemicals injurious to metal and must not be used. Nailing should be done with galvanized barbed nails ^4 and 1 inch long — or long enough to penetrate full depth of boards. Nails must not pass through as frost may form at points and cause dripping in winter. Unlike wood shingles, St. Paul metal tile and shingles will not warp or buckle up in wet seasons and crack in drying. Laid properly, rain or snow cannot enter building even when driven by high wind. Nail- ing of one shingle or tile is concealed by overlap of the next. Side locks are made with slip joints and ends are lapped one, two or three cross ribs depending on pitch of roof. Flying embers from adjoining buildings during a fire can do no injury to a steel roof. In dry seasons wood shingles are a menace from the standpoint of fire. Embers from a burning building make fire-fight- ing difficult work, and when fanned by a high wind will cause great fire loss. Steel roofed buildings would have prevented such holocausts as the Chicago, Baltimore, Atlanta and San Francisco conflagrations. $ KjL St. Paul Tile and Trimmings have been doing serv- ice on this build- ing for more than twenty years and are still in excel- lent condition. Como Park Car Station, St. Paul. 27 o Illustration shows No. 01 Spanish Metal Tile, No. 21 Ridge and No. 121 Hip Terminal No stretch of imagination is necessary to understand how our present day insurance rates might be cut in half if every building in America had a fire-proof roof. Such a roof would effectively prevent or greatly reduce such staggering holocausts as we have suffered in the past. Steel has distinct advantages over other material. It is more proof against fire than any other material. Since it is light it does not require the roof framing necessary for clay tile or slate. It is not fragile and when galvanized or tinned will out-wear any of the other types. Rain or snow will not beat through if laid properly. No. 01 Metal Spanish Tile 10x14 inches No. 02 Metal Starter Tile 10x14 inches No. 03 Valley Tile Left Hand 12x19 inches No. 04 Valley Tile Right Hand 12x19 inches 146 Tile to the square or 100 square feet. Spanish Tile and a complete line of Trimmings are made of 8-lb. terne tin, galvanized after formation, 20-lb. tin plate painted after formation, No. 28 gauge galvanized tight coated steel and 16 oz. cold rolled copper. Prices on request. 28 SA11MT PAUL \w Shingles 10x14 inches. 148 pieces to the square. Shingles 7x10 inches. 320 pieces to the square. No. 10 Shingle 10x14 inches. No. 10A Shingle 7x10 inches. No. 11 Shingle 10x14 inches. No. 11A Shingle 7x10 inches. Made of 8-pound terne tin galvanized after formation, 20-lb. terne tin painted after formation. No. 29 gauge galvanized tight coated steel and 16 oz. cold rolled copper. Prices on request. No. 12 Shingle 10x14 inches. No. 12A Shingle 7x10 inches. No. 595 Slip Joint Ridge Roll. 5-foot lengths. Prices per lineal foot. Galvanized $0.18 Painted 16 Copper 75 Style “D” Valley, 5-ft. lengths. Prices per lineal foot. No. 595B Slip Joint Porch Flashings. 5-foot lengths. Prices per 100 lineal foot. Galvanized $0.12 Painted 10 Copper 45 14 inch, galvanized $0.14 20 inch, galvanized 18 14 inch, painted 12 20 inch, painted 16 14 inch, copper 60 20 inch, copper 90 No. 595A Slip Joint Gable Finish, 5-ft. lengths. Prices per lineal foot. Galvanized $0.10 Painted 08 Copper 40 29 o VALLEY FINISH To make a tight valley without the use of exposed nail heads is of importance. When trimming the shingles to fit the valley leave 1 inch of extra stock to turn the valley lock. GUTTER CONNECTION This shows the best method of locking the gutter to the shin- gles. However, if the back of the gutter is slightly higher than the front the common practice of nailing the gutter to the facia boards is often satisfactory. HIP FINISH A hip finish must be water tight. This shows another form of the slip lock. Those desiring a bold hip finish can select any of the hip tiles, whether individual or continuous, and “plant” them on with solder. IMPORTANT POINTS TO REMEMBER 1st. Sheathing boards should be laid parallel with the ridge and eaves, not up and down. 2nd. Cover the roof with a good quality of building paper before laying shingles. Do not use tar paper as it is injurious to metal of any kind. 3rd. Lay the shingles from the lower left hand corner of roof, as you face the comb. The guide for a straight edge is the bottom of the shingles and not the top. PORCH FLASHING Where the porch roof meets the wall of the building prop- er this is the only finish that will make the joint or connec- tion water tight. RIDGE FINISH The method of fin- ishing the ridge is clearly shown in this illustration. The hip joint is the most simple. economical and water tight con- nection at the ridge. 30 o Here is a roofing sheet you can whole- heartedly recommend to your best custom- ers for a first class roofing job — the answer to roofing problems. It will not make a cheap roof, but it will, without doubt, make the most economical roof anyone could choose for the home, office building or factory. Follansbee Forge Best Roofing has many points of superiority over ordinary types of roofing. No composition roof, no shingle, tile or slate roof, can give the actual protec- tion of high grade terne plate. Nor can other types of roofing give equal fire resist- ance, a fact borne out by the universal selec- tion of terne plate for fire door covering. The reason for these strong statements is that a properly laid terne plate roof is prac- tically air tight and absolutely water tight. Anyone who has had a shingle or composi- tion roof on his house knows how quickly the shingles curl and crack — and only the man who has paid the usual heavy repair costs incident to slate or tile roofs can really know how easily such mate- rials chip, break and come off the roof. A wind storm and a slate or tile roof are dangerous and costly com- panions. But Follansbee Forge Best Roofing frees you from all such troubles. It can be readily painted in pleasing shades of green, red or other colors to harmonize with the architects color scheme, setting and design. Paint adheres more readily to this type of roofing than any other. Follansbee Forge Best Roofing has not only these and many other advantages over other types of roofing — it has a very de- cided superiority among terne plates. In the first place, every sheet of Follans- bee Forge Best Roofing is made from Fol- lansbee Forge Hammer Process Steel Sheets — sheets that are rolled from forged steel — the only roofing sheets made in this country from Hammer Process Steel — and it was the forging process which gave to the old Welsh plates their splendid reputation for long life service. It is also interesting to know that many of the old Welsh sheet makers have pronounced Follansbee Forge Best Roofing as far superior to any sheets that ever came out of Wales. This costly Hammer Process gives to steel a super-strength, ductility and compactness — qualities that count for a great deal in roofing sheets. The added stength is an obvious quality every home owner wants. The superior ductility is a feature keenly appreciated by all sheet metal dealers for it actually means a saving in laying cost. It also means that Follansbee Forge Best Roofing can be shaped, bent or formed into roofing, eaves trough or conductor pipe without the slightest danger of breaking, and even more important, without danger of the coating flaking. This superior worka- bility means a better and easier laid roof. The compactness of the steel in Follans- bee Forge Best Roofing insures the coating adhering perfectly and distributing evenly throughout the entire surface of the sheet. 31 A UNIT PAUL Expansion and contraction, which are disturbing elements for many types of roofing, have little effect on Follansbee Forge Best Roofing. The movement of these sheets, due to temperature changes, is neg- ligible. This is a feature of special importance to archi- tects who know the trouble these weath- er elements cause. Follansbee Forge Best Roofing is made in but one quality — the best the manufacturer can make regard- less of cost. It carries the heaviest coating that can be put on a sheet with the necessary uniformity of thickness — to put on more would be to make an unevenly coated sheet — to put on less would mean a cheaper and less satisfactory sheet. Follansbee Forge Best Roofing in all sizes is of identically the same quality — a standard of quality that is backed by one of the oldest and most favorably known manufactur- ers in the roofing plate industry. Remember these important supe- riorities, and you will unhesitat- ingly use Follansbee Forge Best Roofing on high class roofs, deck- ing, eaves trough, flashing, con- ductor pipe and repair work. With an occasional painting this material will give a long life service that cannot fail to please the most exact- ing home owners, architects or contractors. Every sheet is trade-marked for your protection Follansbee Forg e BEST ROOFING*"" Just a word here about the new Follansbee Forge Best Roofing Long Sheets; they offer a solution to laying costs, on large areas of Standing Seam roof surface, for the larger sizes reduce the labor cost to a minimum. These large sheets provide a roof that is far superior in weather and fire resistance to any (hat can be laid with composition, shingle, or tile. Follansbee Forg e BEST ROOFING®” Follansbee Forge Best Roofing Sizes — Carried in Stock 20 x 28 made in one weight only 250 lb. net per box, 112 Sheets 20 x 28" Shipping weight, 262 lbs. BEST roofing Long Sheets in 30 x 96", which are packed 300 lbs. per box, in No. 26 OTHER ROOFING TIN CARRIED IN STOCK: Shipping Wt. Protection, Old Process, I. C. 25 lb. coating. 243 lbs. Lionel, Old Style, I. C. 15 lb. coating. 233 lbs. Raymond, I. C. 8 lb. coating. 226 lbs. Prices on request. 32 SOME VERY INTERESTING DATA ABOUT (GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON) GOHI contains in impurities, namely: Carbon, Manganese, Sulphur, Phosphorus and Silicon, a total of only .035 of 1% to .125 of 1%, or approxi- mately not exceeding % of 1%. Steel contains at least ten times this amount of impurities, and is consequently inferior in lasting qualities, as these impurities are dangerous rust and corrosion agents. GOHI is absolutely uniform in quality, being manufactured from the highest grade of selected materials, assuring the desired results; that is — the best Rust-Resisting Metal for any and all conditions. It is a well known fact that impurities in Iron and Steel hasten and aid corrosion. GOHI con- tains less impurities or corrosion agents than other iron, and far less than any steel. GOHI conforms to the theories of noted metal- lurgical authorities as to what a superior rust- resisting metal should be — a pure iron copper alloy. GOHI as a rust-resisting metal has been tested and approved by leading engineers, architects and the U. S. Government. GOHI will give longer life and is more durable than re-worked Muck bar, Charcoal Iron, Steel, or any other Iron Sheet Metal. On account of its superior working qualities, labor costs are reduced and are actually less than in working up steel or other Iron Sheets. The lasting qualities of GOHI considered, makes the cost cheaper than any other Sheet Metal Building Material you can use. It means economy and satisfaction. If you use GOHI Sheet Metal Products, you will avoid replacing your Sheet Metal work every few years as GOHI will last for an indefinite period under ordinary conditions. GOHI is manufactured by a firm whose reputa- tion for Sterling Products has long been estab- lished. The Influence of Copper on Steel DEVELOPS MARKED RESISTANCE TO ATMOSPHERIC INFLUENCE Why “Copper-Alloy’ Should be Used For Special Work Iron when exposed to the action of air and water, has a tendency to return to its original (oxide) form. Metal- lurgists, therefore, have given much thought to devising some means of combatting such action and thus increasing still further the usefulness of this most essential product. Of the various methods tried, nothing has proven more satisfactory than the addition of a small percentage of copper. Exhaustive tests extending over several years have proven that such copper-bearing steel has a marked superiority in rust-resisting properties as compared with non-coppered metal of the same general composition. Of the various investigations made, that conducted by the American Society for Testing Materials is perhaos the most convincing. The American Society for Testing Materials is an absolutely impartial body, not interested in promoting any one material, but merely in ascertaining facts and establishing standards. The complete report of Sub-Committee 3 of Committee A-5 of this Society on “Corrosion of Iron and Steel” covers more than 100 closely printed pages and will be found in the printed proceedings of the Society, obtainable from any technical and many city libraries. Some excerpts from the findings on “Coppered Steel” are here given: “Steel sheets of various composition, including ordinary steel (both basic and open-hearth) also copper-bearing, were exposed to atmospheric action at Ft. Sheridan. 111., Pittsburg and Annapolis, thus giving results typical of conditions in pure country air, manufacturing city air and salt-laden air at the seashore. Observations were taken at frequent inter- vals during 6 or 7 years, the progressive corrosion of the sheets reported and the tests continued until the sheets failed.” Builders’ Exper ience Confirms Scientific T ests Quoting from the 1923 pro- ceedings of the Society on page 145, covering the tests made at the Pittsburg loca- tion at the close of the inspection of March 9, 1923, we find: “It will be observed that the presence of copper in all of the various types of metal has greatly increased their resistance to corrosion and atmospheric exposure.” On page 150: “At the time of the March 8, 1923 inspection, representing an exposure period of 71 months. 42 out of the total of 83 of the No. 22 gauge non-copper-bearing metal sheets have been recorded as failures, whereas, during the same period of exposure, no single failure has been recorded for the copner-bearing metal sheet, indicating conclusively that copper-bearing metal in the Ft. Sheridan location shows marked superiority in rust-resisting properties as compared with non-copper-bearing metal of the same general com- position.” , On page 152: “At the close of approximately 6 years observation * * * the failures reported at the Pittsburg and Ft. Sheridan locations point definitely to the conclusion that copper-bearing metal shows marked superiority in rust- resisting properties as compared with the non-copper-bearing metal of substantially the same general composition under atmospheric exposure.” On page 153 (covering tests at Pittsburg location): “70% of the non-copper-bearing sheets show failure at the end of 64 months’ exposure, while no failures have occurred in the copper-bearing sheets at this time.” Again on page 168: “It will be noted that these two groups of sheets have substantially the same general com- position with the exception of the copper content. _ However, the light-gauge, copper-bearing sheets have no failures after 64 months’ exposure, whereas the heavier-gauge , non-copper- bearing sheets of approximately twice the thickness of the, light-gauee copper-bearing sheets all failed after 24 months exposure.” >AMT PAUL C©PIEU©AT!H0 CO. STANDARD EXTRAS ON FLAT SHEET STEEL FOR WIDTHS AND LENGTHS GALVANIZED SHEETS EXTRAS FOR WIDTH Gauge Extra per 100 Lbs. 16-18. 28. Over 32 to 40" None Over 40 to 44" 10c Over 44 to 48" 20c Over 32 to 36" None Over 36 to 44" 10c Over 44 to 48" 20c Over 32 to 36" None Over 36 to 40" 20c Over 40 to 44" 30c Over 44 to 48" 40c Over 32 to 36" None Over 36 to 40" 20c Over 40 to 44" 40c Over 44 to 48" 60c Over 32 to 36" None Over 36 to 40" 30c Over 40 to 44" 60c Over 32 to 36" 10c Over 36 to 40" 50c Over 40 to 44" 75c .... Over 32 to 36" 20c Over 36 to 40" 60c Over 32 to 36" 20c 16 and Heavier Under 24 to 12". Under 12 to 6". 24 and Heavier Under 24 to 12". Under 12 to 6". 20c 25c 20c 30c 25 and Lighter Under 24 to 12" 25c Under 12 to 6" 35c EXTRAS FOR LENGTH Gauge 16 and Heavier... Length 60 to 144".... Extra per 100 Lbs. None 16 and Heavier... ...Under 60 to 30".... 10c 16 and Heavier... ...Under 30 to 18".... 20c 17 to 24 ..Over 60 to 124".... None 17 to 24 ...Over 124 to 144".... 10c 17 to 24 ...Under 60 to 30".... 20c 17 to 24 ..Under 30 to 18".... 30c 25 and Lighter ... ..Over 60 to 124".... None 25 and Lighter ... ...Over 124 to 144".... 10c 25 and Lighter ... ..Under 60 to 30".... 25c 25 and Lighter ... ...Under 30 to 18".... 35c Gauge ONE PASS COLD ROLLED BLACK SHEETS EXTRAS FOR WIDTH Extra per Width 100 Lbs. 16 and Heavier 24 and wider.. .None 16 and Heavier Under 24 to 12" . 10c 16 and Heavier Under 12 to 6" . 20c 17 to 18 Over 24 to 36" None 17 to 18 Over 36 to 48" 5c 17 to 18 Under 24 to 12" . 15c 17 to 18 Under 12 to 6" . 25c 19 to 24 Under 24 to 12" . 15c 19 to 24 Under 12 to 6" . 25c 19 to 21 Over 24 to 36" None 19 to 21 Over 36 to 44" . 15c 19 to 21 Over 44 to 48" . 25c 22 to 24 Over 24 to 36" None 22 to 24 Over 36 to 40" . 20c 22 to 24 Over 40 to 48" . 40c 25 to 27 Over 24 to 36" None 25 to 27 Over 36 to 40" . 20c 25 to 27 Over 40 to 44" 40c 25 and lighter Under 24 to 12" . 20c 25 and lighter Under 12 to 6" . 30c 28 Over 32 to 36" . 10c 28 Over 36 to 40” . 40c 29 to 30 Over 32 to 36" . 10c EXTRAS FOR LENGTH Length Gauge 16 and Heavier 16 and Heavier 16 and Heavier 17 and Lighter Over 17 and Lighter Over Under Under Extra per 100 Lbs. 60 to 144" None 30" 10c 18" 15c 60 to 124" None 124 to 144" 10c 60 to 30 to 17 to 24 Under 60 to 30". 15c 17 to 24 Under 30 to 18". 25c 25 and Lighter Under 60 to 30". 20c 25 and Lighter Under 30 to 18". 30c BLUE ANNEALED SHEETS Extra per Gauge 100 Lbs. 8 and Heavier.. . ..Less 5c 9 and 10 (Carload quantities).... Base 1 1 and 12 ...Add 5c 13 and 14 ...Add 10c 15 and 16 ...Add 20c EXTRAS FOR WIDTH Extra per Gauge Width 100 Lbs. 16 and Heavier Under 24 to 12”.... ...Add 10c 16 and Heavier. Under 12 to 6".... ...Add 15c 16 and Heavier 24" and wider None EXTRAS FOR LENGTH Extra per Gauge Length 100 Lbs. 16 and Heavier 60" and longer None 16 and Heavier Under 60 to 30" Add 10c 16 and Heavier Under 30 to 18" Add 15c 34 ATSMG o FLAT SHEETS Galvanized Sheets A large assortment of gal- vanized sheets is carried in stock for the sheet metal trade in common dead soft tight coated, “Copper-Alloy” dead soft tight coated and “GOHI” Genuine Open Hearth Pure Iron. Base price on No. 24 gauge Galvanized Steel will be quoted on application. To obtain net price per hundred pounds on other gauges apply the following differentials: Thickness Weight per Gauge in Inches Square Ft., Lbs. Price Differential No. 30 01640 .6562 ADD $0.90 No. 28 01952 .7812 ADD .50 No. 26 02265 .9062 ADD .25 No. 24 02915 1.156 BASE No. 22 03515 1.406 DEDUCT .15 No. 20 04140 1.656 DEDUCT .20 No. 18 05390 2.156 DEDUCT .35 No. 16 06640 2.656 DEDUCT .50 No. 14 3.281 DEDUCT .60 Base price on No. 24 gauge Black Steel will be quoted on application. To obtain net prices per hundred pounds on other gauges apply the follow- ing differentials : Black Sheets for Stove Pipe Size of Sheets 24x101 Inches Thickness Weight per Gauge in Inches Square Ft., Lbs. No. 28 11-640 ths .625 No. 26 3-160 ths .75 No. 24 1-40 th 1.00 For blue steel, per 100 pounds. Price Differential ADD $0.25 ADD .10 BASE ADD .25 No. 24 gauge and lighter in any width up to 36 inches. Light, medium or deep crimp as ordered. Crimping takes the waves out of steel and pre- pares it for Cornice work, etc. Galvanized Crimped Steel 3-16 inch Crimp Extras for crimping sheets No. 24 gauge and lighter and not wider than 36 inches, per 100 lbs. 250 lbs. or less $0.65 500 lbs. or less, but over 250 lbs 50 750 lbs. or less, but over 500 lbs 45 1000 lbs. or less, but over 750 lbs 40 Specify whether crimping is to be light, medium or deep. It is one of our aims to carry a full stock of flat sheets in steel, “COPPER-ALLOY” and “GOHI” in sizes and gauges commonly used by sheet metal workers in their work. 35 .AMT PAUL COERUGATIMO OQ TIN SHOP SUPPLIES TINNERS’ RIVETS 1 \'A l l 4 1 3 A NOTE — Prices for tin plating, copper plat- ing, hot galvanizing, or brass plating, quoted on application. 8 oz. to 5 lb., one thousand in a package; 6 to 10 lb., five hundred in a package; 12 to 14 lb., two hundred fifty in a package. Nos 8TO 10TO 12T O IT 154T 154T Size 8 10 12 oz. 1 154 154 Length, inches 5-32 5-32 3-16 3-16 7-32 7-32 Wire gauge 14 13 12*4 12 11 1054 Per thousand $0.34 .36 .42 .50 .60 .66 Nos 1V 4 T 2T 2*4T 3T 354T 4T Size Wa 2 254 3 354 4 Length, inches 54 54 9-32 5-16 5-16 11-32 Wire gauge 10 954 9 854 854 8 Per thousand $0.76 .80 .92 1.04 1.32 1.40 Nos 5T 6T 8T 10T 12T 14T Size 5 6 8 10 12 14 lbs. Length, inches 11-32 ?4 7-16 7-16 7-16 54 Wire gauge 7 6 4 354 3 3 Per thousand $1.60 1.86 2.52 3.10 3.48 4.00 RIVET SET SOLDERING COPPER HANDLES m ,11 1 III ■ lliitll Til High grade steel, oil tempered, gun metal finish, polished end. Nos 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 For iron rivets. .10-12 7-8 6 4-5 254-3 1 ^ 4-2 154 For copper rivets 5 6 7 8 9 10-11 12 Each $ Per Dozen Basswood, polished wire ferrules; assorted sizes; weight per dozen, 2 lbs $ Three dozen in a box. TINNERS’ SOLDER PRICK PUNCH Per Dozen No. 60, Cold Steel, length, 5 inches, weight per dozen, 134 lbs $ SOLDERING COPPERS Made from pure ingot copper, hand forged. Handles are forged directly into end of copper, which method eliminates any possibility of their working loose. Per lb. Square Points — Weight per pair, 1 lb Square Points — Weight per pair, 154 lbs Square Points — Weight per pair, 2 lbs Square Points — Weight per pair, 254 lbs Square Points — Wt. pair, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 and 10 lbs Square Points — Weight per pair, 12 lbs Flat Points — Wt. pair, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 lbs Northwestern 50-50, superior to solder generally sold as half and half; specially suitable for tin- smiths, cornice makers, roofers, etc. It is guaran- teed 50 per cent tin and 50 per cent lead. Packed and shipped in 50 lb., 100 and 500 lb. boxes. Price, per pound, F. O. B. St. Paul $ SCREWS FOR SHEET METAL ASSEMBLING Will hold sheet metal as tightly as rivets or bolts, and can be used in places or parts where bolts and rivets are used with difficulty. Are unsurpassed for assembling duct-work, piping, housing, cornices, sky-lights, fireproof doors, windows, etc. Parker hardened screws penetrate and hold sheet metal as wood screws do wood. Convenient and economical. Nos P-7 P-10 P-14 Size, inches 54*54 34x3-16 54*54 Price, gross $1.20 $1.50 $1.90 In gross lots only. 36 o TIN SHOP SUPPLIES TINNERS’ HAMMER High grade forged steel, tempered and hardened, full polished head. Nos 1 Size of face, inches 1*4 Weight, including handle, lbs \y 2 Each Hickory handle. 2 3 i n l/s % Inches Weight, per dozen, lbs Per dozen HAMMER HANDLE Extra quality, hickory, polished 12 14 3 3*4 TINNERS’ MALLET Per Dozen No. 25 Tinners’ Mallet, selected second growth white hickory; handle mortised in head; diameter top, 2*4 inches; length of head, 5 inches; length over all 12^4 inches; weight per dozen, 9 lbs $ No. 7 Tinners’ Mallet, second growth hickory; hardwood handle mortised in head; plain finish straight sides; diameter top about 2 3 4 inches; length of head, 6 inches; length over all, 12*4 inches; weight per dozen, 15 lbs $ In bulk. TINNERS’ SNIPS Forged from high grade steel, blades well shaped and finished; adapted for sheet iron work and metal work; cutting blades are highly polished; handles full japanned. Per Pair Length of cutting blade, 3*4 inches; length over all 134. 4 in.; weight, per paid, 2 lbs $ No. 8 No. 9 TINNERS’ BURRS Metallic Tinned Iron Nos Per pound 37 8 $0.44 9 .55 •AH BUT PAUL COERUOATM© * r * r -*• **** r . , WSSJSZM * k L. .J' It. [\ §. ! t J ’ JW 1 A ■ * e » 4 UJ .I 1 ! 1 , 2 54 INCHES CORRUGATED STEEL Full width 26 inches. Covering width 24 inches. Stock Sizes 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ft. long Selling Measurement 10 5-6 13 15 1-6 17 1-3 19i4 21 2-3 23 5-6 26 sq. feet Gauges 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 Weight per Square, Galvanized 85 98 124 151 178 232 286 lbs. Weight per Square, Painted 68 83 110 136 163 217 271 lbs. *-r- -r_ • - r - . iy A INCH CORRUGATED STEEL Full width 25 inches. Covering width 24 inches. Stock Sizes 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ft. long Selling Measurement 10 5-6 13 15 1-6 17 1-3 19*4 21 2-3 23 5-6 26 sq. feet Gauges 28 26 24 22 20 Weight per Square, Galvanized 87 101 129 157 185 lbs. Weight per Square, Painted 72 86 114 142 170 lbs. ROOFING NAILS AND LEAD WASHERS GALVANIZED NAILS ) Galvanized Barbed Nails Sizes 74. 1, 1^4, 1^4, 134 and 2 in. Use 1 lb. to square. Small lots, price, per lb $ Keg lots, price, per lb LEAD HEADED NAILS Lead Headed Nails Sizes I 54 . 134 and 2 in. Use 2 lbs. to square. Small lots, price, per lb $ Keg lots, price, per lb LEAD WASHERS No. 8 No. 12 Full Size Full Size Will Prevent Leaks No. 8 has 3-32-in. hole; No. 12 has 5-32 in. hole. Put up in 5-lb. cartons. 1 lb. contains 325 washers. 1 lb. will put on two or three squares. Price, per lb $ 42 o CORRUGATED TRIMMINGS CORRUGATED RIDGE ROLL 1 54 inch and 254 inch Corrugations, 12 inch Girth. Stock size, 26 in. long. Wt. 50 pieces (covering length 100 ft.) : No. 28 gauge, galvanized, 85 lbs. No. 26 gauge, galvanized, 98 lbs. CORRUGATED END WALL FLASHING CORRUGATED SIDE WALL 154 inch and 254 inch Corrugations, 8 inch Girth. Stock size 26 in. long. Wt., 50 pieces (covering length 100 ft.): No. 28 gauge, galvanized, 57 lbs. No. 26 gauge, galvanized, 66 lbs. FLASHING vsmhm. •Ju ur„ 154 inch and 254 inch Corrugations, 12 inch Girth. Stock size, 120 in. long. Weight 10 pieces, 10 ft. long: No. 28 gauge, galvanized, 78 lbs. No. 26 gauge, galvanized, 91 lbs. Painted Black Steel weighs 20% less. CORRUGATED GAMBREL JOINT 154 inch and 254 inch Cor- rugations, 8 inch Girth. Stock size, 26 in. long. Wt., 50 pieces (covering length 100 ft.): No. 28 gauge, galvanized, 57 lbs.; No. 26 gauge, galv., 66 lbs. Painted Black Steel weighs 20% less. List Prices, per foot, F. O. B. St. Paul. No. 28 gauge. No. 26 gauge Galvanized Painted $0.17 $0.14 • 19 .16 CURVED CORRUGATED SHEETS We can corrugate and curve steel sheets up to No. 16 gauge, either black, painted or galvanized Prices will be gladly quoted on anything you need in this line upon receipt of definite specifications" State kind and gauge of material wanted and show by a sketch how they are to be formed. We do not curve 154-inch corrugated sheets. Show by sketch width of span and rise of curve. Illustrating Curved Corrugated Sheets placed between I-beams in bridge work. Show by sketch exact length of sheet and curve wanted. These sheets are used in connection with angle iron frames to roof over steel awnings. Sheets can also be double-curved. Curved Corrugated Arches 43 o STEEL ROOFING AND SIDING TOOLS FOR LAYING End Lock Former, net $1.50 (If ends are locked instead of lapped) Shears, net $2.50 If tools are returned to us free of expense, we will give credit for the full amount charged. Two V-Crimped Roofing Full width 24 inches. Covering width 24 inches Requires 50 lineal feet of wood sticks to the square for which an extra charge is made Stock Sizes 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 feet long Selling Measurement 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 square ft. Gauges 28 26 24 22 20 Weight per Square, Galvanized 85 98 125 152 179 lbs. Weight per Square, Painted 68 83 110 136 163 lbs. Three V-Crimped Roofing Full width 24 inches. Covering width 24 inches TOOLS FOR LAYING As ends are lapped in laying this roofing no special tools are re- quired. Requires 100 lineal ft. of wood sticks to the square for which an extra charge is made Stock Sizes 6 7 8 9 10 11 Selling Measurement 12 14 16 18 20 22 Gauges 28 26 24 Weight per Square, Galvanized 86 102 130 Weight per Square, Painted 72 86 114 12 feet long 24 square ft. 22 20 158 186 lbs. 142 170 lbs. METHOD OF APPLYING V CRIMP ROOFINGS Figure 3 illustrates roofing as it is shipped by factory. Lap ends 3 to 6 inches, depending upon pitch of roof and nail, or apply with end locks as shown in Fig. 2. The latter method is the most practical and satisfactory. Figure 2 illustrates meth- od of applying V sticks. Not necessary to nail separately. To make the best job nail roofing every foot. Always use galvanized barbed nails. Figure 1 illustrates finished roof. Fig- 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 To make a tight roof always nail as near to top of “V” ridge as possible. 44 •AH BUT PAUL STEEL ROOFING AND SIDING TOOLS FOR LAYING Combination Tongs, net $2.50 End Lock Former, net 1.50 Shears, net 2.50 If tools are returned to us free of expense we will give credit for the full amount charged. Pressed Standing Seam Roofing, Plain Full width 24 inches. Covering width 24 inches. Stock Sizes 6 7 8 9 10 Selling Measurement 12 14 16 18 20 Gauges Weight per Square, Galvanized Weight per Square, Painted 11 12 feet long 22 24 square ft. 28 26 86 101 lbs. 72 86 lbs. TOOLS FOR LAYING Combination Tongs, net $2.50 End Lock Former, net 1.50 Shears, net 2.50 If tools are returned to us free of expense we will give credit for the full amount charged. Gothic Pressed Standing Seam Roofing Full width 24 inches. Covering width 24 inches. Stock Sizes 6 7 8 9 10 Selling Measurement 12 14 16 18 20 Gauges Weight per Square, Galvanized Weight per Square, Painted 11 12 feet long 22 24 square ft. 28 26 86 101 lbs. 72 86 lbs. METHOD OF APPLYING PRESSED STANDING SEAM ROOFING Figure 3 illustrates roofing as it is shipped by factory. Lap ends 3 to 6 inches de- pending upon pitch of roof and nail, or apply with end locks as shown in Figure 2. The latter method is the most practical and satisfac- tory. Figure 2 illustrates meth- od of using cleats. Space these 12 to 14 inches apart. Figure 1 illustrates finished roof. Fig. 3 Fig. 1 Fig. 2 45 o STEEL ROOFING AND SIDING Tools for Laying. 1 only 1 inch Foot Seamer $13.50 1 pair 1 inch Edging Tongs, net 1.50 1 pair 13/£ inch Edging Tongs, net 1.50 1 pair Combination Tongs, net 2.50 1 pair Shears, net 2.50 If tools are returned to us free of charge we will give full credit for them. Sheets 26^4 inches wide — 50 feet long — will cover 100 square feet. Double cross locked together, notched and re-squared on ends and sides. Gau ges 28 26 Weight per Square, Painted 72 86 lbs. Weight per Square, Galvanized 86 102 lbs. METHOD OF APPLYING SELF-CAPPING ROLL ROOFING First cut rolls to proper lengths turning up a 1 inch flange on left hand side, and 13/4 inch flange on the right. Place cleat in position as in Figure 1. Locate cleats 12 to 14 ins. apart, and nail to boards as close to seam as possible. Figure 2 illustrates cleat turned down over 13,4 inch edge and Figure 3 illustrates 134 inch edge and cleat, folded over 1 inch turned-up edge, Fie 1 Fie 2 Fie 3 this being the finished seam. S ' g ' Tools for Laying. 1 pair Combination Tongs, net $2.50 1 pair Shears, net 2.50 If tools are returned to us free of charge we will give full credit for them. Sheets 26 inches wide — 50 feet long — will cover 100 square feet. Double cross locked together, notched and i re-squared on ends and sides. We furnish caps from two to eight feet in | length and always ship caps and cleats with this style of roofing unless otherwise ordered. ■ 28 26 Weight per Square, Painted 77 91 lbs. Weight per Square, Galvanized 93 108 lbs. Including Caps and Cleats. METHOD OF APPLYING ROLL AND CAP ROOFING After cutting rolls to proper length, turn up left hand edge 1*4 inch and right hand edge 1*4 inch. Nail cleats as close to seams as possible, 12 to 14 inches apart as shown in Figure 2. Turn down cleat over 1*4 inch edge as shown in Figure 3. place continuous cleat, Figure 1, over seam and then turn cleat. Figure 3, back over continuous cleat to hold it down as in Figure 4. Gauges SELF-CAPPING ROLL ROOFING o STEEL ROOFING AND SIDING Pressed Standing Seam Roofing with Continuous Cleat. TOOLS FOR LAYING Heavy Punch, net $25.00 (Use if copper burrs and rivets are used.) Button Punch, net $20.00 (Can be used without rivets and burrs.) Combination Tongs, net, 2.50 End Lock Former net 1.50 Copper Rivets & Burrs, lb If tools are re- turned to us free of expense we will give credit for full amount charged. Gauges Weight, per Square, Painted Weight per Square, Galvanized Stock Sizes 6 7 8 9 Selling Measurements 12 14 16 18 28 26 73 88 lbs. 91 105 lbs. 10 feet long 20 square ft. TOOLS FOR APPLYING STEEL ROOFING Tools for applying steel roofing will be loaned with orders for roofing requiring such tools. When returned in good condition, freight prepaid, full credit will be allowed. FOOT SEAMER For making double seams as on standing seam roofing with continuous cleats. Net, each $13.50 ROOFING PUNCH For standing seam roofing when copper burrs and rivets are used. Net, each $25.00 BUTTON PUNCH For standing seam roofing when burrs and rivets are NOT used. Net, each $20.00 END LOCK FORMER Used in forming end locks on roofings. Net, each $1.50 EDGING TONGS For turning up edges on roofing. Sizes 1 inch, 1*4, 1/4. 1 3 A inch. Net, each $1.50 COMBINATION TONGS Used for edging and squeezing roofing. Will turn 1 inch edge. Net, each $2.50 47 o STEEL ROOFING AND SIDING Style 22. Plain Pressed Brick Siding. Mortar joint is clearly defined and deep. Size of bricks, 2 4-5x8j4 inches. Size of sheets, 28x60 inches. Galvanized, Weight Painted, Weight No. 28 gauge ’ 78 lbs. 64 lbs. No. 26 gauge 91 lbs. 77 lbs. Style 20. Rock-faced Brick Siding. Rock-faced surface is sharp and bold. Size of bricks, 2 4-5x854 inches. Size of sheet, 28x60 inches. Galvanized, Weight Painted, Weight No. 28 gauge 79 lbs. 65 lbs. No. 26 gauge 92 lbs. 78 lbs. Style 11. Rock-faced Stone Siding, 4 Stones High. Rock-faced surface is bold. Size of stone, 7x12 inches. Size of sheet, 28x60 inches. Galvanized, Weight Painted, Weight No. 28 gauge 79 lbs. 65 lbs. No. 26 gauge 92 lbs. 78 lbs. 48 o STEEL HOOFING AND SIDING Style 10. Rock-faced Stone Siding, 3 stones high. Rock-faced surface is very sharp and deep. Sizes of stone, 9 1-3x20 inches. Size of sheet, 28x60 inches. Galvanized, Weight Painted, Weight No. 28 gauge 79 lbs. 65 lbs. No. 26 gauge 92 lbs. 78 lbs. Style 9. Dressed Stone Siding. An attractive siding to use on store fronts or in gable ends of buildings. Size of stone, 6 y 2 inches square. Size of sheet, 28x60 inches. No. 28 gauge No. 26 gauge Galvanized, Weight Painted, Weight 79 lbs. 65 lbs. 92 lbs. 78 lbs. , Style No. 8. Metal Drop-Siding. Formed boards, 4 inches wide. Full width, 25 inches, width, 24 inches. Covering Stock Sizes Selling Measurements No. 28 gauge No. 26 gauge 6 8 10 feet long 12 16 20 square ft. Galvanized, Weight Painted, Weight 88 lbs. 72 lbs. 102 lbs. 86 lbs. 49 o T PAUL C©E1EU©AT!M0 ©O BEADED CEILING 'V'F ±JbmLm*m£La ^ ^rrQf ^Vw. » - r^. A -- £ h. ^ V~A -V ■^ - -•V ^ r- ■■ • , >£Xm!2W£!2ttZ !SK3Si:'jiS - — --•‘7. ■ - «-- IS- - - -J’ V -^.j- ■, ^* » ?-.y •*»*” *;.y * j. »y .?^w« rg uitfifl ■frw-n-, ■*■>»--.- r . .' - . _ f-A_ 4 yp_ iCHfttfttf.— ^ Style 28. Beaded Ceiling or Siding. 24 inches wide by 6 and 8 feet long. No. 28 gauge. No. 26 gauge. Beads #x# inches spaced 3 inches on centers. Covering size Galvanized, Weight 70 lbs. 83 lbs. Painted, Weight 85 lbs. 98 lbs. CONTINUOUS BOCK-FACED STEEL Made of Galvanized Steel Only This Rock-faced Material can be used in connection with Sidings for belt courses, water-tables and many other purposes, such as caps and sills. j’jfffriSHfeit'ir-fn'Tffi t i i n i f n mT f » riiTli t tlP 1 1 1 1 tl Width Over All 4 inches 5 inches 7 inches 9 inches Price Width Over All Price $22.00 11 inches $30.00 . 24.00 12# inches 32.00 26.00 15 inches 35.00 . 28.00 18 inches 40.00 In ordering Continuous Rock-faced Steel always submit a sketch showing how it will be used and specify width and full length wanted. State also whether ends are to be crimped to match edges. ROCK-FACED PILASTERS Used in Covering Frame Pilasters or Piers. They have the Appearance of Real Stone. Made of Galvanized Steel Only. Catalog Width Over Width of Rock-face Width of Tooled Per Lineal No. All, Inches Inches Edge, Inches Foot P 5 5 5 none $0.25 P 7 7 7 none .30 P 13 8 5 1# .35 P 14 10 7 1# .40 P 15 11# 8# 1# .45 P 16 13 11 1 .50 P 17 17 15 1 .55 P 18 12 square design .55 P 21 21# 1834 1# .60 i i In ordering Pilasters or requesting prices always send a sketch showing clearly how and where they are to be used. This information is necessary as we form the edges to fit the wood framework and cut them to the proper length without additional charge. Crating will be charged at cost. 50 o CORNER CASINGS Are Durable, Inexpensive and Make Absolutely Tight Corners When Used with Sidings Shown. Made of Galvanized Steel Only. No. 22C Per lineal foot 19c No. 20C Per lineal foot 20c No. 11C Per lineal foot 20c No. 10C Per lineal foot 22c SLIP JOINT CORNER CASINGS Used with Steel Sidings, Shown on Preceding Pages They Make a Perfectly Tight Finish at All Corners and Around Door or Window Openings. Made of Crimped Galvanized Steel Only. No. 1C No. 2C Inside Corner, Outside Cor- per ft 15c ner, per ft. 15c No. 3C No. 4C Window Cor- Pilaster ner, per ft. 18c Per ft 20c HOT GALVANIZING Custom Galvanizing in the old reliable and most successful way, the hot process. We have one of the most modern and best equipped job shops in the country, and are prepared to furnish estimates for galvanizing material of all kinds and descriptions. We are prepared to quote on galvanizing castings, forgings or specialties of any kind. Yearly contracts if desired. Let us figure with you. 51 52 AH BUT COE RUG AT mQ Pictorial Story of Four Causes of Grain Loss to the Farmer Selling grain when market is “off” or storing in over crowded elevators with resulting inferior grading, dockage and storage charges, cause greater losses. “PRUDEN SYSTEM’’ GRAIN BINS and Corn Cribs are Safe When the grain is harvested there is no safer place to store it than a “PRUDEN SYSTEM” Grain Bin. Losses caused by leakage, moulding, fire, rats and mice, not to speak of stealing, can be eliminated in a PRUDEN Bin or Crib. Why gamble with the grain crop after it is harvested? Why not store it at home where it is safe and hold it for better prices? Home storage in a PRUDEN Bin or Crib will enable farmers to hold their grain for better prices at a low cost. Grain prices always reach their lowest ebb at, or immediately after, harvest and threshing. The fall in prices is in direct proportion to the surplus crop in prospect on being harvested. A large crop presages low prices and even a small crop does not bring the best prices at threshing. Three or four months after threshing, prices are always % to % higher than at threshing time. Home storage in a “PRUDEN SYSTEM” Bin or Crib, padlocked, makes the contents safe as security to bankers against loans. Elevator storage at threshing time has its obvious disadvantages. Lower grading because of filled condition, dockage, storage — these all cost the farmers money. Talk home storage — its advantages. Show your customers what a difference there is in prices at threshing time and three or four months later. Explain to them that the added profit will pay for the cost of a “PRUDEN SYSTEM” Bin or Crib in one season — and that future profits can be increased 25% to 33 1-3% and even more, without another cent of expense. Sold on time to owners and reliable tenants. 53 o Grain Bin for Small Grain. AFTER RAISING YOUR GRAIN, STORE IT AT HOME IN SAFE BIN A Pruden System grain bin is as valuable for storing grain as a garage to keep your car and a bank to deposit your money. Mice and rats cause the greatest loss of grain, and in making this state- ment we have in mind fires, which also take their annual tolls. Very few things are impervious to mice and rats and lumber is by long odds the worst material that can be used for such purposes. Still lumber is freely used when the farmer might just as well have his grain bin made of galvanized steel at no greater price. Pruden System grain bins come in large sections and are easy to erect by simply assembling the dif- ferent pieces, which are all uniform in size and construction, — except the few that are joined to the door, — and bolting them together. The cutting, punching and fitting is all done at our factory. Besides, it is weather-tight, thief-proof and positively fire-proof. Help conserve the food sup- ply by preventing its destruction. Takes much hard labor and many anxious months to raise it. After raising, save it. The loading funnel is 18 inches in diameter, sufficient in size for thresher loading and has a hinged cover with hasp for locking. All roof pieces are interchangeable so the piece with load- ing funnel can be placed in any desired position. Ventilation, to prevent the heating and spoiling of contents, is secured through an 18 inch diameter Ventilator located in the center of roof. Aspira- tion caused by the wind passing over and through the head will create strong suction, owing to its peculiar construction, which provides the necessary- air changes. Entrance is gained through a one-piece door 27 x 72 inches that swings out, built on an angle iron frame, hinged to a still heavier angle iron frame and this is then bolted to the bins. As the loading proceeds matched boards are placed across the opening, one upon the other, and these are held in place by the weight of the contents. Each bin has a side section that is equipped with a sacking spout 6 inches in diameter. This section also is interchangeable and can be placed in any position suiting your convenience. Like the roof and side sections the floor is made of heavy galvanized steel sections, joined with slip joint lock which are flush with the floor, per- mitting the constant use of the shovel. No protrud- ing bolt or screw heads to interfere in the least. Nothing needed for assembling and erecting the different parts but bolts and these are furnished with every bin. Every side section is formed to the same radius and the bolt holes register exactly, simplifying erecting in the last degree. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul. Inside Diam. 12 ft. 0 in. 12 ft. 0 in 12 ft. 0 in, Height to Capacity { Weight with Sections List Prices Ventilating List Prices Eaves to Eaves Door High Stacks Grain Bins 6 ft. 3 in. 615 bu. 1,180 lbs. 3 $20.00 $225.00 8 ft. 4 in. 820 bu. 1,370 lbs. 4 25.00 250.00 10 ft. 5 in. 1025 bu. 1,560 lbs. 5 30.00 280.00 Complete erecting instructions with each Grain Bin. 54 WOODEN CORN CRIBS A FALSE ECONOMY o Farmers that have raised corn know how quickly it will heat and mold unless it is kept in a dry place with plenty of air circulating through the mass. After the process of disintegration once begins in a bin it soon spreads until the greater part of the mass becomes affected. Therefore, perfect ventilation is necessary. Air must fairly sweep through the whole bin or there is danger of heating. For that reason the entire Pruden System Corn Dryer, except the roof, is filled with small perforations to permit thousands of small air streams to enter and pass through. As an aid to this drying process a 12 inch Per- forated Ventilating Stack runs from the floor to the roof of each dryer which is then capped with a Storm-Proof Ventilator. The result is there is a large open space running through the center from top to bottom through which the air can sweep with no obstruction whatever. S' O'- r PRUDCn 5Y5T6H1 ... -J Corn Crib and Dryer. The air in the center of a heap of corn is always warmer than anywhere else and, as you know, warm air will always rise and escape into the colder air if given a chance to do so. For that purpose the entire bottom is perforated, besides the ventila- ting shaft, so as the heated air escapes in its up- ward course, cool air must enter to take its place for there can be no vacuum. That is elementary. Moreover, the ventilator is so constructed that wind passing over the top will cause a distinct suc- tion through the shaft by aspiration. In this man- ner the air is continually forced to circulate through every part of the bin, preventing any possible chance the contents might have of molding and rotting. The main door is made in one piece 27 x 72 inches and swings out. It is reinforced with heavy angle iron all around and is hung on a heavier angle iron frame. Holes are drilled in this frame to pro- vide means of bolting it to the bin and these register to the slightest fraction of an inch. Four tier bins have an auxiliary door 28 inches wide by 20 inches high for loading, as shown. Re- inforcement is provided both for the door and the frame upon which it swings by band iron riveted in place. Lower corn dryers have no auxiliary loading door. Boards are placed across the main door opening as the filling goes on and after the corn has reached a height in the bin that makes it impossible to shov- el through either side door any longer, the filling can be completed through the triangular opening in the roof. Since all roof sections are alike this opening can be located anywhere. It is fitted with, a hinged cover and hasp for locking, measures 20 inches wide by 36 inches long and is absolutely weather-tight. An 18 inch Ventilator is located in the center, to which the ventilating shaft is connected. All bolt holes are gang-punched, of the same size through- out and equidistant so that any two sections will freely bolt together. Slip joints locks that are sunk to the level of the floor hold the floor sections together. Only four bolts are used in assembling it and these are located within 3 inches of the wall, allowing the free use of the shovel for removing the grain. To secure the freest circulation of air from the bottom a Corn Dryer should always be set upon a frame, consisting of 2 x 6 inch joists spaced 16 inches on centers and cross stripped with 7/g x \ z / 2 inch lumber, leaving \ l / 2 to 2 inch openings in the entire frame. Setting them directly upon the ground will do, but is not the best, either for the contents or the dryer. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul. Inside Diam. 12 ft. 0 in. 12 ft. 0 in, 12 ft. 0 in. Height to Capacity Weight with Sections List Prices Ventilating List Prices Eaves to Eaves Door High Stacks Corn Crib 6 ft. 3 in. 615 bu. 1,180 lbs. 3 $20.00 $240.00 8 ft. 4 in. 820 bu. 1,370 lbs. 4 25.00 270.00 10 ft. 5 in. 1025 bu. 1,560 lbs. 5 30.00 300.00 Complete erecting instructions with each Corn Dryer. 55 AMT o Construction Details of Grain Bins and Corn Cribs -f THE FILLING SCUTTLE, with which one of the roof sheets is fitted, is 18 inches in diameter, is provided with hinge for opening, and hasp and staple for padlocking when closed. It is neat in appearance and per- fectly tight. VENTILATION STACK Perforated Ven- tilation Stack, 12 inches in diame- ter. Detail of Eaves Connection. THE EAVES CONNECTION is a feature, as the shoulder on the upper edge of the top side sheet provides an additional support. This makes two perfect supports in continuous contact. Holes must be punched at proper places in the roof sheets, after which they can be bolted tightly in place as shown. Detail of Roof Seam. THE ROOF is made in 16 sections, cut tapering with standing seams formed on the edges of the sheets. They are bolted together as shown, making the roof abso- lutely watertight. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL FINS are both formed and bolted together as shown. Note the shoulder which is turned up on the inside. This prevents rain driving in and renders packing un- necessary. All holes are punched in side sheets and are die-centered. No punching or fitting is neces- sary in erecting. One side sheet is provided with opening and slide for emptying spout. It can be placed where desired. Access to the inside is possible through the opening after grain reaches a low level. This sheet is not necessary when the six-foot entrance door is furnished. Detail of Sill. THE FLOOR is made of two square and four segmental interchangeable sections to be locked togther with a sliding cap. The outside edge of the floor slips into bottom fin of the side sheet and the whole can be screwed or spiked to a wood- en platform. 56 o SILO ROOFS Silo Roof and Dormer. One Third Pitch. Filling Door (Closed) Silo Roof One Third Pitch. Filling Door (Closed) Price Wood Curb Inside Diameter Outside Diam- Shipping or Steel Fasteners Price of of Silo eter of Roof Weight Masonry Silos Roofs 10 ft. 11 ft. 2 in. 180 lbs. $5.55 $51.00 12 ft. 13 ft. 2 in. 235 lbs. 6.90 64.50 14 ft. 1 5 ft. 2 in. 295 lbs. 7.95 88.50 16 ft. 17 ft. 2 in. 375 lbs. 9.00 108.75 Prices F. O. B. St. Paul. Prices are for roofs complete with necessary means for fastening included except wood curb for top of silos built of material other than wood. Authorities on ensilage and feeding are agreed that silos should be roofed. Roofs keep out birds and dirt and retain much of the nutriment that would otherwise be washed away or evaporate. They also protect the Silos from the elements and the necessary disintegration and decay that follows from being left open. PRUDEN SYSTEM Silo Roofs are self-structuring and self-supporting. No framing is necessary except on silos other than wood which require a circular wood curb for the top of wall. Roof is then laid on this curb and fastened. Lighter, stronger and more durable than most silo roofs. Made of No. 26 gauge galvanized steel in convenient sections for handling and assembling. When ordering give inside diameter of your silo, thickness of wall and state what material it is made of, whether concrete, wood, brick, etc. Dormer and Window 20x21 inches, Each Extra $16.50 Additional Filling Door, Each Extra 3.15 Complete erecting instructions with every shipment. SILO CHUTES No. 18 Silo Chute. Made for wood silos but can be used on brick, concrete and others by fastening 2x4’s to walls by means of expansion bolts and nail- ing chute in place. Sections are 30 inches long, 31 inches wide and 25 inches deep, made of No. 26 gauge galvanized steel with reinforcing “T” for con- nection between sections formed to fit the chute. Vertical corrugations add rigidness and strength. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul. Silo Chute, per lineal ft $1.80 Roofs for Silo Chute — (a) Galvanized Steel, Each.. 1.40 (b) Skylight Glass in Steel Frame, each 2.40 Made for use on silos built of brick, concrete, cement staves. Angle frames are equipped with hooks to fasten to hoops encircling the silo and are drilled so chute sections can be bolted on. Except for angle iron frame this chute is no dif- ferent in construction from No. 18. Adjustable wall hangers hold the completed Chute in its proper position. Can be assembled on ground and then hoisted in place. Size, 30 inches long, 31 inches wide and 25 inches deep and made of No. 26 gauge galvanized steel. Angles, bands and hooks are of black steel. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul. Silo Chute, per lineal foot (including angles and hooks) $2.25 Steel hangers for Silo Wall (state thickness of Silo Wall), each, pair 2.50 Roofs for Silo Chute — (c) Galvanized Steel, each 1.40 (d) Skylight Glass in Steel Frame, each 2.40 No. 19 Silo Chute. 57 AUNT o SEAMLESS FEEDING TROUGHS A FEEDING TROUGH MADE IN ONE PIECE A feeding trough to be of the greatest use and value must be strongly built. Any feeder that is made up from several pieces with as many seams or joints will soon leak and break. Furthermore, it must be mounted on a rigid frame so when the feeder is fastened to the floor it will stay there, notwithstanding the rough usage such an article usually receives. Trough is in one piece — no separate ends to come off or cause leaks. End stands are rigid — will not tip. Tubular top braces with flattened ends prevent injury. Made of heavy galvanized steel. Always shipped knocked down unless otherwise ordered. Center stand for all troughs six feet long and more. Made in two widths and depths, 14 in. wide x 7 in. deep and 10*4 in. wide x 4^4 in- deep. List Price, Each, No. Width Length Weight F. O. B. St. F F 1 0 1 5 1054 in. 154 ft. 7 lbs. $2.00 FI 02 10 % in. 2 ft. 8 lbs. 2.30 FI 03 1054 in. 3 ft. 10 lbs. 2.80 F104 1054 in. 4 ft. 12 lbs. 3.65 F105 1054 in. 5 ft. 14 lbs. 4.25 FI 06 1054 in. 6 ft. 17 lbs. 5.00 F108 1054 in. 8 ft. 22 lbs. 6.15 FI 42 14 in. 2 ft. 13 lbs. 3.65 F 143 14 in. 3 ft. 14 lbs. 4.35 F144 14 in. 4 ft. 20 lbs. 5.10 F145 14 in. 5 ft. 23 lbs. 5.85 F146 14 in. 6 ft. 28 lbs. 6.60 F147 14 in. 7 ft. 31 lbs. 7.35 F148 8 ft. 33 lbs. 8.10 F149 14 in. 9 ft. 37 lbs. 8.85 F1410 14 in. 10 ft. 42 lbs. 9.60 POULTRY TROUGH Price, Each No. Width Length Depth Weight F.O.B. St. Paul PT36 6 in. 3 ft. 3 in. 4 lbs. $1.75 POULTRY FOUNTAINS Supply the chickens with clean, fresh water through a PRUDEN SYSTEM Poultry Fountain to improve their laying. Lamp in the bottom keeps water from freezing. Whether tank is full or only partly filled, water is always kept at a moderate, drinkable temperature and not icy cold or frozen over. Sold in three sizes, 254. 5, 10 Gallon Capacity. No. PF2 PF5 PF10 Capacity 254 gal. 5 gal. 10 gal. Capacity Oil Height Container Overall 9 pints 15 in. 9 pints 21 in. 17 pints 22^4 in. Diameter Bottom 15 in. 15 in. 19 in. Weight Each Price Each 15 lbs. $4.75 20 lbs. 5.50 30 lbs. 9.25 58 59 o WHAT DOES VENTILA- TION ACCOMPLISH? Ventilation can be defined as the method of taking away the foul or vitiated air from a building and replacing it with pure, at the same time main- taining an even temperature, removing the excess moisture and still creating no drafts. Any ventilation system that fails to do this is positively worthless; it is so much junk. That ventilation is not only beneficial but absolutely neces- sary requires no argument. This fact has long been recog- nized. Only brief reference will be made to some of the more interesting points. Air consists of a mixture of gases, oxygen and nitrogen, and a small per cent of argon. Ordinary atmospheric air usually also contains a small amount of carbon dioxide, vap- or of water and ozone. Oxygen is what gives en- ergy and life. As the air enters the lungs in breathing, the oxygen that is imparted to the tissues acts upon the carbon of the blood, forming chemicals that are thrown off in respiration (breathing). To show you what changes occur in a given volume of air after a cow breathes it once, we quote the following figures: Entering Respired Air Gases Oxygen, per cent of volume.... 20.59 15.74 Nitrogen and other elements.. 77.68 75.29 Carbon Dioxide 0.04 4.00 Water 1.69 4.97 100.00 100.00 Oxygen, the life-giving ingredient in air, is diminished by one-fourth after being breath- ed once, which means that after four respira- tions, the oxygen would be completely con- sumed and the animal would soon be forced to die if the volume given it were only enough to fill the lungs once. Of course, this condition never exists, but the illustra- tion points out to you the large amount of air vitiated by cattle. No barn is airtight and cattle always have a greater supply of air than enough to fill the lungs once. of the Pruden System of Ventilation installed in a dairy barn. UNVENTILATED BARNS SLOWLY POISON YOUR CATTLE you will notice from the accompanying that carbon dioxide increases 100 times with each respiration. This is a poisonous gas thrown off in respiration and while pure air always carries a small trace of it which is not unhealthy, the amount that collects in an unventilated barn is positively injurious. If the ordinary barn could be sealed tight over night everything in it would have to perish because the presence of carbon dioxide and the lack of oxygen. There is one feature about this table that we want to point out to you and that is the increase of moisture in one respiration. With every respiration the moisture increases 300%' approximately and unless this is carried away by an efficient ventilating system it will rot the lumber and everything in the barn. Manure also throws off poison in consid- erable quantities, known as ammonia carbon- ate and when this unites with the carbon dioxide thrown off in respiration, it forms ammonia carbonate, the presence of which is irritating to the nostrils, rots lumber and harness and injures the lungs. Sectional view 60 o TUBERCULOSIS CAUSES LARGE ANNUAL LOSSES The principal reason why barns should be ventilated is of course the possible presence of disease, like tuberculosis. An unventilated barn breeds microbes and disease germs and after once tuberculosis develops in one cow it will soon develop in the others unless the barn is thoroughly ventilated all the time, giving the others enough vitality to fight off this ravishing disease. It is estimated that 15 millions of dollars worth of live stock is lost annually through the effects of this disease alone. Do not take any more chances for if you do you are sure to pay the penalty for doing so some day. Insure yourself against that possibility by installing a Pruden System of barn ventila- tion. ELEMENTS OF A VENTILATION SYSTEM Foul air stacks, as the drawings show on pages No. 61 and 62 begin at a given point above the barn oor and carry the foul air upward and through the ventilators. The molecules in the warm air are light and active and they move in upward waves. Give them an opening and they will escape into the colder atmosphere. As the warm or vitiated air escapes, fresh air will enter in varying quantities, depend- ing upon the size of the foul air stacks, fresh air intakes, the difference in temperature inside of the barn and out, the height of the barn and the land it stands upon, lack or presence of friction as the case may be, velocity of the air currents, insulation of pipes, and various other causes. Foul air stacks to be effective must be in- sulated. The reason for this must be appar- ent. While warm air is light and active and moves in upward waves cold air is the direct opposite. It is heavier, less active and moves downward. Therefore, to keep warm air moving up- ward which is the natural tendency it must be kept warm. When warm air gets cold it stops its voluntary upward movement. Galvanized foul air stacks are always the best because there is less friction to contend with. Wood is rough and naturally retards the upward movement. It acts like soot in a chimnev — interferes with the natural move- ment of air. Nature abhors a vacuum and fresh air must come into a barn after once the foul air has left. Even without fresh air intakes a lim- ited amount of fresh air is bound to enter a barn provided with a means for the foul air to escape because all barns leak air, no matter how they are built, but the tighter they are the less air they will leak. But to provide a steady movement of fresh air in correct volume so that a satisfactory temperature can be maintained in the barn, fresh air intakes are necessary. Ventilators must be correctly built and of suitable size to be effective. Ventilators that cause back drafts when air currents are moving in certain directions are a nuisance. If properly constructed there will be a distinct “pull” from underneath every time air currents strike it no matter from what direction. Our ventilators can be depended upon to give maximum service as they are scientific- ally correct in every detail. A sketch giving the length, width, and height of your barn or hog house, with the number of cattle or hogs to be taken care of during the winter months, will enable us to quote you. For suggestions refer to pages No. 63 of this catalog. List Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. No. Diameter of Shaft Total Height Shipping Weight Each C2038 20 in. 9^4 ft. 160 lbs. $40.00 C2446 24 in. 11 ft. 225 lbs. 45.00 C2750 27 in. 12 ft. 290 lbs. 50.00 C3054 30 in. 13 ft. 330 lbs. 53.50 C3664 36 in. 14 ft. 450 lbs. 75.00 Prices include any Vane shown on page No. 34 Each Style “C” Ventilator is painted with a thorough coat of rich silver aluminum. 61 o f 61 A o Plan and Cross Section showing animals facing walls. Fresh air is brought in at the wall line and the foul air is carried to the ends. Ask for free plans. 62 o St. Paul Corrugating Co., St. Paul, Minn Date Gentlemen : You can make me an estimate of the cost of installing a Pruden System of Ventilation for the building described below with the distinct understanding that I will not be placed under any obligations to you in any way. Upon this condition I submit the following in- formation : 1. Outside measurement of length is.... feet, inches. 2. Outside measurement of width is feet, inches. 3. Have you a basement barn? 4. Distance from basement floor to top of masonry is feet, inches. 5. Thickness of basement wall is inches. 6. Basement wall is made of 7. Size of sill is inches by inches. 8. Size of studdings are inches by inches 9. Studdings are spaced feet inches from center to center. 10. Are walls ceiled? 11. Is ceiling ceiled? 12. Are outside walls double boarded with paper between the two board surfaces? 13. What is distance from stock floor to bottom of joists under loft floor? feet inches. 14. Show number, size and location of all doors and windows in basement upon your sketch. 15. Do your cows face center of barn? 16. Do your cows face the walls? 17. Show location of your feed bins, stalls, alleys, stanchions, mangers, gutters, pens, etc., in your sketch. 18. Give size and position of girders and posts under loft floor. 19. Size of joists in loft floor are inches by inches and are set feet inches from center to center. 20. State whether joists run crosswise or lengthwise of building 21. State whether joists rest on top of sill or butt up against it 22. Show distance from loft floor down to ground level all around the building on your sketch. 23. Is building framed in bents? 24. If so, give distance from center to center of bents, naming end of building from which you begin measuring, as follows: End. 1st bent is 5th bent is 2nd bent is 6th bent is 3rd bent is 7th bent is 4th bent is 8th bent is (Cut out and mail.) 63 'ASIMT PAUL COREOGATHiMG CO« 25. Is building framed in studdings? 26. Size of studdings are inches by inches, and they are spaced feet inches apart from center to center. ,27. Distance from loft floor to top of plate at eaves is feet inches. 28. Distance from loft floor to purlin plates is feet inches. 29. Distance from loft floor to peak of roof is feet inches. 30. Distance from center to center of purlins is feet inches. 31. Size of plate under eaves is inches by inches. 32. Size of purlins are inches by inches. 33. Size of ridge stringer is inches by inches. 34. How far down is hay track from point where bottoms of rafters meet? feet inches. 35. What is size of rafters? inches by inches. 36. Do you use a hayfork or sling? 37. Show position and size of driveway in loft in your sketch. 38. Show size and position of all openings in loft walls. 39. When building is filled to capacity it will hold horses, cows yearlings calves, swine chickens. 40. How old is your building? 41. When will you begin building? 42. Are you building now? 43. How soon will you be ready for Ventilation System? 44. Have you Pruden System Ventilators on your building? 45. How many? What size Where are they located? 46. Have you other Ventilators? How many? What size? Where are they located? Who made them? 47. Have you a Ventilation System that does not work properly? Who installed it? 48. Have you plans of your building? If so, mail them. They will be returned promptly. , 49. Have you a photograph of your building and can you mail it? Yours truly. Name City State Draw plan and elevations of your building on special drawing paper enclosed. Each small square represents one foot, large squares represent ten feet. (Cut out and mail.) 64 65 Style “C” Ventilator List Prices on Page No. 61 66 STYLE “C” BARN VENTILATOR Construction Details of Base o NOTE THESE FEATURES 1. Frame made of 2x8 inch planks built into the base to give added strength. No carpenter labor is necessary to assemble it. 2. Heavy galvanized band iron braces (one at each corner) designed and installed to hold base perfectly square. 3. Hot galvanized steel tie bolts (two with each base) for anchoring base per- manently to roof timbers. Base sheets are to be nailed to the roof boards. 4. Hot galvanized tie bolt holders de- signed and fitted to hold tie bolts securely to wood frame. 5. Base moulding has stamped rope mould pressed therein. This ornamenta- j tion adds greatly to the finished appearance of the base moulding and is an exclusive “Pruden System” feature. 6. Stamped base sheets. The Gothic design adds much beauty to the base and eliminates any possibility of rattling or buckling of the base sheets. Bases are shipped assembled in one piece. 7. Extra heavy, four-ply corner posts formed to receive the base sheets and furnished to relieve strain from base sheets. 8. The entire outside surface of “Pruden System” Barn Ventila- tors Styles “C” and “D” is finished with a rich coat of special silver aluminum paint. 9. All Style “C” Barn Ventilators are fitted with %-inch mesh, hot galvanized, wire screens to keep birds out. ILLUSTRATION SHOWS HOW COPPER LIGHTNING CABLES ARE CONNECTED Copper lightning cables can be connected to any ventilator as shown in the illustration. These connections enable you to readily connect the ventilators with the lightning points at the gables which are then connected to the ground wires. Price for adding cables. Per ventilator $7.50 67 o HOG HOUSE VENTILATORS An Ornamental and Efficient Ventilator Designed Particularly for Use on Low Buildings. Hog, chicken and milk houses are not com- plete unless they are ventilated. All that has been said about the necessity of barn ventilation ap- plies with equal force to hog houses. Damp and filthy hog houses are not healthy. Such buildings are breeding places for cholera and other hog diseases. The old proverb, “An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure” applies with strong force to successful hog raising. The Style “H” ventilator is made in small sizes only. Ornamental stays are riveted in place and not merely soldered on to be knocked off in handling. Can be fitted with l / 4 inch mesh gal- vanized wire screen. Stays or braces are hot galvanized and will not rust. Shipped in two parts — hood or top in one and drum seamed to base in another. In packing inverted hood is placed in drum and vane is shipped in separate box. •nuoen ivsTcm Style “H” Pruden System Hog House Ventilator with 23 inch Pig or Rooster Vane. They are well made of the best quality of galvanized steel and are assembled complete, ready to place on the roof. Special hog vanes proportionate with the size of the Ventilator are included at prices quoted. These Hog House Ventilators are not painted or decorated in any way. List Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Diameter No. of Shaft Size of Base Total Height Shipping Wt. Price, Each H 1220 12 in. 20x20 in. 5 ft. 30 lbs. $10.00 H 1624 16 in. 24x24 in. 6 ft. 45 lbs. 12.00 H 1827 18 in. 27x27 in. 7 ft. 60 lbs. 15.00 H 2030 20 in. 30x30 in. 8 ft. 85 lbs. 18.00 ALWAYS ORDER BY NUMBER AS WELL AS SIZE TO PREVENT ERRORS. 68 ANIMAL VANES Each Vane except the Holstein Cow is finished with a layer of high grade gold leaf each is mounted on an ornamental cast iron arrow, 30 inches long, and painted red an< black and is equipped with a blue or red glass ball, 4*4 inches diameter, with copper light ning rod point. The Holstein Cow Vane is enameled black and white as shown below. HORSE VANE List price, each $4.50 ft HOLSTEIN VANE List price, each $4.50 COW VANE List price, each $4.5' BULL VANE List price, each $4.51 PIG VANE List price, each $4.50 SHEEP VANE List price, each $4.5( ROOSTER VANE List price, each $4.50 CARDINAL POINTS Add, if wanted, to list price of Vane shown above or to prices of Ven- tilators, each $2.0(i Any one of these Vanes will be included with Style “C” Ventilator without extra charge Be sure to say which kind is wanted. Boxing at cost when ordered separately. 69 No. 2020. Typical Hog House. Plans will be furnished free. Plam Or Hog Hou5£ Plan view of Hog House showing fresh air intakes. Cross Section of Hog House showing Pruden System of Ventilation. PIGS ARE MONEY MAKERS Recently the pig has become one of the surest money producers on the farm. Fifty pigs in healthy condition represent a small size fortune of which one can be proud. Pigs, like cows, must have plenty of fresh air to make them grow healthy, strong and fat; and there is no better way of supplying the required fresh air, keeping dampness out of the pens and eliminating all dangerous drafts, than by installing an efficient Ventilation System. The cost of such a System is small as com- pared with the benefits that one can derive. A typical hog house, with plan and section, is shown in the illustration. 70 o No. 2030. Typical Chicken House. Ask for free plans. DRY AND WARM CHICKEN HOUSES HELP LAYING Chickens will lay best when they are given dry and clean quarters in which to live. Feed and water alone will not be enough because they too must have fresh air and sunshine. Taking the air directly from the top would make the chicken house too cold so it is always better to take it from the floor. By taking the foul air from the floor, you remove the coldest air in the chicken house, allowing the warmer air to come down and at the same time keeping the floor dry. Install this system and you will have chick- ens with red wattles and combs the year round. Plan view and Cross Section showing Pruden System of Ventilation. 71 o No. 2024. View of model Hog House. Inquire for free working plans. DISEASE GERMS GROW IN DAMP, DARK, AND UNVENTILATED HOG HOUSES Only a few years ago hog cholera spread with such alarming rapidity that the Federal Government had to step in to take measures that would prevent its further spread. Every- one knows the seriousness of this disease. Another disease of quite common occur- rence is bull nose or sore mouth. The disease is the result of an infection with the germ bacillus necrophorus and, therefore, the dis- ease is known as necrobacillosis in technical parlance. The symptoms of this disease de- pend entirely upon the parts affected. If around the mouth or nose small ulcers appear with considerable swelling and if the germs get into the intestines, as they must, with the nose and mouth affected, they die quickly. These germs are often found upon the backs of hogs that are apparently healthy and multiply tremendously when they gain entrance through a wound or scratch. It has been found that they will breed very quickly in the wound left after injecting anti-hog cholera serum, which proves that this remedy, although effective in cholera, is worthless for the other. Following the old adage, “An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure” — keep these germs out of your herd by giving them a clean place to live in and plenty of sunlight. Plan view showing interior details of construction. 72 Typical Hog House Ceoss SecTion Cross Section of Hog House showing Roof Lights, Ventilator and System. Fresh Air Intakes o No. 2034. A Chicken House that is warm, light and airy. Plans without charge. SEARCHING SUN’S RAYS DESTROY DISEASE GERMS Three types of windows are used in the construction of this building. On the south wall hinged and sliding windows are shown alternately to give any necessary variation in ventilation. In different weather different combinations may be desirable, although in cold weather the stack will be found suffi- cient. One big advantage in stack ventilation is that the floor will always be perfectly dry. Nothing will spread lice quicker than a damp building and few things will affect laying quicker than lice. Roof Windows can often direct the sun’s rays to nooks and corners that cannot be reached in any other way. In what other way could one reach the roost, drop board and nests in this plan? Chicken houses built upon this plan require very little attention as the droppings are deposited upon sloping boards easily access- ible from where they can be removed in a few minutes. Qncnl Dropping Board and Ato/j zero'- PLAN Plan view and Cross Section of extremely simple and handy arrangement. 73 o No. 20. Ventilating Roof Windows. No. 22. Non-Ventilating Roof Windows. NO WARPING. CRACKING OR LEAKING. There are decided advantages in making roof windows out of galvanized steel. In no other way can you make them rain and snow tight or make the connection to the roof more tightly or with less expense. Moreover they will never warp as wood frames will and there are no nails to pull out or putty to dry and replace, because they are made puttyless. Windows that combine light with ventila- tion are particularly desirable because they have the advantage of carrying the foul air out of your building besides warming it with the rays of the sun. No ventilating window is worth the price, no matter how cheap it may be, unless it will keep out rain and snow and the Pruden System Roof Windows are guar- anteed rain, snow and storm tight. For this reason a roof window that swings up is never satisfactory. Dompe Section through Ventilator at top curb All Pruden System Roof Windows are made with large gutters that not only carry away the rain that might wash over the glass surface, but are the only ones that will carry away all the condensation that accumulates on the under side of the glass. EASY TO INSTALL Pruden System Roof Windows require no putty to make them water tight. After nail- ing them in place all you need to do is to slide the glass into the frame from the bot- tom and turn up the copper clips and the window is installed. Glass is never furnished because of the chances of breakage. The glass tracks are perfectly formed and there are no loose places here with binding ones there. When broken lights are to be replaced all you have to do is to unfasten the center cap, turn down the copper clips and insert the glass. All other roof lights on the market today have separate side caps, which must also be unfastened and often removed to re- nlace the broken glass, but in Pruden System Roof Windows the side caps are a part of the side bars, which is an important improve- ment over all other makes. Every roof window is covered with heavy galvanized screen as a protection against hail. This is drawn tightly over the top surface and held in place at the sides with wire stays. You never need to remove the screen to re- place glass as in others. A good combination to use is an equal num- ber of each kind, placing them alternately, first one, then another. Many, however, pre- fer to use one kind only, and when non-venti- lating roof windows are used entirely a ven- tilator or two must be used to provide for the escape of foul air. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. No. 20 Ventilating Roof Windows, 24x32 in $3.25 No. 22 Non-Ventilating Roof “ 24x32 in 2.50 Made for 2 Lights 10x28 in. (not included). Each Roof Light has a 4-inch flange all around, making outside dimension 28x36 inches. 74 1MT PAUL COEEOGATMG School, Factory and Shop Ventilation and Its Value Oxygen is the life sustaining element in air. Without oxygen the world would be a total waste, devoid of human, animal and plant life in a short time. Life would be smothered and plants would wither. As shown elsewhere, in a given volume of out door air of average purity the percent- age of oxygen is 20.50 but after one respiration the percentage of oxygen is reduced to 15.74 with a corresponding increase in poisons of the re- spired air. What apparently was the first attempt to ventilate an enclosed room was made in 1723 by Dr. J. F. Desaguliers. Since then much progress has been made. It has been stated on good authority that the death rate has been reduced from 50% to 5% by properly ventilating children’s hospitals; from 44% to 13% in surgical wards of general hospitals and from 23% to 6%, in Army hospitals. Dr. John S. Billings of Washington, D. C., a surgeon of the United States Army figures that 30 cu. ft. per minute, or 1800 cu. ft. per hour per person is the minimum supply of fresh air for ventilation. It must be apparent from this that air which has once been vitiated by inhalation and exhalation should be removed from the room so fresh air can take its place. Doors and windows should be of sufficient number to furnish this in homes but in large buildings intake pipes have to be in- stalled. Ventilation has a tremendous meaning in building churches, schools, theatres, auditoriums and other places where hundreds of people fre- quently congregate. Many people who come to such places are diseased and unless frequent air changes are made the germs are carried to others. It is reasonable to believe that most of the alarming spread of tuberculosis is due to poorly ventilated public buildings. Then you have the industrial buildings as another class. Without ventilation life cannot long exist in a steel mill because of the intense heat in which men have to labor. Chemical works, coal mines, garages, packing plants, etc., with the noxious fumes, gases and other odors would cause more sickness and misery in a few years time without ventilation than a thirty year war. Any employer who has the interest of his workers at heart will not ask them to work in a place that is not healthful. Ventilation is not expen- sive in the first place and the cost will soon be paid by the increased endurance, better health and more snap and action of his workers. In- creased production is a sure result of ventilation in any industrial plant. PRUDEN SYSTEM VENTILATORS are designed to give free move- ment to escaping foul air. No sharp angles anywhere to retard the egress of polluted air. Wind passing over the hood will add a distinct pull that will accel- erate the upward movement of vitiated air in the stack. No possibility of backdrafts, no matter how the wind may blow and from what direction. Bases are square at the bottom and can be cut to fit any kind of a roof. 75 STYLE “G” VENTILATORS Illustrating the Construction of Style “G” Ventilators Every part of our Ven- tilators is built with two objects in view; 1st the rapid and unimpeded flow of air, and 2nd., long and satisfactory service. No consideration was given to the cost of arriving at these objectives when de- veloping them and yet you can often buy our ventilators at a consider- able saving over others. Every part is made to facilitate the movement of air and not retard it. This is especially true of the rounded top which has displaced the old fashioned and inferior cone top in all good ventilators. All parts are hot galvanized to pre- vent rust. Often the air leaving a building through the ventilator is moist, as in laundries or canning establish- ments, or otherwise filled with acid fumes that destroy steel. To add life to our ventilators all parts are therefore hot galvanized. Besides, they are rain and snow proof. Style “G” Ventilator with standard base showing method of nailing to roof. 76 o STYLE “G” VENTILATORS— Continued Style “G” Ventilator Cap (without base) Can be fitted to any style of base. Prices Dia. of Prices Bases and Cap. at Area Exhaust Caps only Dampers Neck Square per hour Gauge of F. O. B. F. O. B. Number Inches Inches cubic feet Material St. Paul St. Paul G 6 6 28 4.120 26 $5.60 $4.25 G 8 8 51 7.326 26 6.90 4.80 G 10 10 79 11.460 26 9.00 5.50 G 12 12 114 16.500 24 10.40 7.25 G 14 14 154 22.440 24 12.85 8.40 G 16 16 201 29.340 24 17.85 10.70 G 18 18 256 37.080 24 21.75 13.00 G 20 20 315 45.850 24 27.45 16.50 G 24 24 453 65.940 24 31.70 19.00 G 26 26 531 77.400 22 37.65 22.60 G 28 28 616 89.760 22 44.85 29.15 G 30 30 707 103.080 22 51.75 33.65 G 36 36 1018 148.440 22 68.35 43.45 G 40 40 1256 183.260 22 85.60 55.65 G 42 42 1385 202.050 20 110.25 71.65 G 48 48 1810 263.880 20 148.50 96.50 G 54 54 2290 334.000 18 210.00 136.50 G 60 60 2828 412.680 18 296.25 192.50 G 72 72 4072 593.760 16 523.50 340.25 Exhaust figures given are based upon the following factors: Continuous tests of one each 10 inch, 24 inch, 36 inch Ventilators over period of one year. Average Temperature for the period of 44 degrees Fahrenheit. Height of structure upon which tests were made 40 feet. Average wind velocity during period 10 miles per hour. Average air movement through ventilators, 350 lineal feet per minute. 77 o Modern St. Paul Manufacturing Plant showing a large number of our skylights in use. TOO MUCH EMPHASIS CAN NEVER BE GIVEN TO PROPER LIGHTING Artificial light is only a substitute for day light and the best of it is not free from objectionable features. Glare causes eye strain, headaches and eventually weakens the eyes. Glare and shadows are the cause of many accidents that could be avoided by proper lighting. Daylight, filtered through Stippled, Mottled or Ribbed Glass is free from glare and shadows and is the only safe light to work by. It is also the most economical. Good light, makes surroundings cheerful and adds vim and “pep” to the workers. In- creased production is the employers return on the investment and that means increased profit. Sunshine is one of the most valuable gifts of nature and no building is complete without sufficient windows to fairly flood it with sunlight during the day. Sunlight is the most effective disinfectant we have. Disease germs cannot grow in sunlight, but they do lurk in dark and damp buildings, constantly menacin j the health of everything in them. A skylight over a machine in a shop, or the repair room in a garage or the bench or table of a mechanic should al- ways be glazed with ribbed, stippled or mottled glass. These configurations on the surface of the glass break the direct rays of the sun admit- ting a soft, bright light, free from blinding glare which makes comfort impossible and impairs the efficiency of work- ers to so considerable an ex- tent. View shows an up-to-date factory. Note the attention given to good lighting. 78 HIPPED SKYLIGHT WITH VENTILATOR No. 22A Skylight, Standard Construction, % Pitch . Can be made puttyless by changing pitch to 54 and using felt strip for glazing. List Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul List Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Price with Price with Price with Price with Size of 3 -16 in. Com. in. Wire Size of 3-16 in. Com. 54 in. Wire Size Ventilator Glass Glass Size Ventilator Glass Glass 3x3 ft. One 7 in. $31.70 $33.80 5x9 ft. One 10 in. $73.00 $81.00 3x4 ft. One 7 in. 34.40 37.20 5x10 ft. One 12 in. 77.00 85.60 3x5 ft. One 8 in. 39.00 42.40 6x6 ft. One 10 in. 66.40 73.40 3x6 ft. One 8 in. 43.60 47.40 6x7 ft. One 10 in. 73.80 82.00 4x4 ft. One 8 in. 40.90 44.40 6x8 ft. One 12 in. 82.80 92.00 4x5 ft. One 8 in. 47.00 52.00 6x9 ft. One 12 in. 87.00 99.00 4x6 ft. One 8 in. 50.40 57.00 6x10 ft. One 12 in. 94.80 106.00 4x7 ft. One 10 in. 56.00 61.60 6x11 ft. One 12 in. 99.20 111.20 4x8 ft. One 10 in. 59.10 64.70 6x12 ft. Two 10 in. 114.00 126.50 5x5 ft. One 8 in. 51.00 55.70 6x14 ft. Two 10 in. 139.00 153.70 5x6 ft. One 8 in. 56.40 62.30 8x10 ft. Two 12 in. 122.50 136.60 5x7 ft. One 10 in. 63.20 69.70 8x12 ft. One 14 in. 146.00 162.80 5x8 ft. One 10 in. 66.30 73.30 8x14 ft. One 14 in. 166.30 186.00 1 l This skylight combines two important features It will admit an abundance of light, more than) most skylights will and besides, will carry away foul odors that may emit from the work below, to a con-j siderable extent. This type is adapted for fur shops, to carry away the odors and throw the greatest amount of lightl upon the workers. Garages where foul gases permeate the atmosphere caused by the exhaust of engines; over pool halls or lodge halls to carry away the smoke; in foundries, factories, and so on, ad infinitum. | In short there is no better skylight for most purposes. To avoid any possibility of mistakes in ordering always specify: 1st. the number or style of skylight 2nd. the size or curb measure 3rd. the kind of glass 4th whether putty or puttyless construction is desired. To determine weight of a hipped skylight, add % of curb size to curb measurements to secure glassi area; then multiply glass area by 2 to secure weight of frame and by 4 to secure weight of glass. Weights] include crates and boxes. Example : — Size 4x6 ft. — 24 sq. ft. curb measure. 54 of 24 8 and 8 added to 24 32 sq. ft. glass area. 32x2 64 or weight of frame 32x4 128 or weight of glass. To above weights add 20 lbs. for each ventilator. SHAKE BOX CONTAINING GLASS SHIPMENTS BEFORE ACCEPTING FROM CARRIER. 79 o HIPPED SKYLIGHT W ITHOUT VENTILATOR No. 22C Skylight, Standard Construction, 54 Pitch. Can be made puttyless by changing pitch to 54 and using felt strip for glazing. 1 List Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Price with Price with 3-16 in. Common 54 in. Wire Size Glass Glass 3x3 ft $24.40 $26.80 3x4 ft 26.60 29.60 3x5 ft 30.70 34.30 3x6 ft 34.60 38.60 4x4 ft 30.90 34.20 4x5 ft 36.30 40.70 4x6 ft 40.40 45.30 4x7 ft 44.70 50.10 4x8 ft 48.20 54.00 5x5 ft 43.60 48.30 5x6 ft 48.30 54.30 5x7 ft 52.10 58.80 5x8 ft 56.80 64.00 List Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Price with Price with 3-16 in. Common 54 in. Wire Size Glass Glass 5x 9 ft $61.20 $69.40 5x10 ft 66.40 75.20 6x 6 ft 58.30 66.20 6x 7 ft 62.90 71.40 6x 8 ft 68.40 78.00 6x 9 ft 73.50 83.60 6x10 ft 80.00 91.80 6x11 ft 84.40 96.70 6x12 ft 90.70 103.70 6x14 ft 105.00 119.70 8x10 ft 101.00 115.10 8x12 ft 119.00 135.80 8x14 ft 140.00 159.70 Of necessity, the ventilator that can be placed upon a skylight cannot be large. Therefore, it quite frequently happens that ventilation is considered separately and that ventilators are installed whose sole function it is to carry away the polluted air often so harmful in its effects. In such cases this skylight will take care of the light and the two will make a perfect combination. The kind of glass used in the average skylight is a matter of some importance in all cases and of considerable importance in some. In localities that are frequently visited by heavy hail or when the skylight is to be used in a low place so that objects might be dropped upon it accidentally from higher altitudes only 54 inch ribbed wire glass should be used, for, even though the glass may break, the wire strands will hold the light to- gether, thus preventing injury to objects underneath. In many cases such broken lights will shed water as if no damage had occurred. , To determine weight of a hipped skylight, add 54 of curb size to curb measurements to secure glass area; then multiply glass area by 2 to secure weight of frame and by 4 to secure weight of glass. Weights include crates and boxes. Example : — Size 4x6 ft. 1 24 sq. ft. curb measure. 54 of 24 8 and 8 added to 24=32 sq. ft. glass area 32X2 1 64 or weight of frame 32x4=128 or weight of glass. SHAKE BOX CONTAINING GLASS SHIPMENTS BEFORE ACCEPTING FROM CARRIER. 80 o AlfitT C©MRU©AT1MG ©O GABLE SKYLIGHT WITH END DOORS No. 24B Skylight, Standard Construction, % Pitch. Can be made puttyless by changing pitch to y z and using felt strip for glazing. List Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Price with Price with List Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Price with Price with Size of 3-16 in. in. Wire Size of 3-16 in. in. Wire Size Vent Door Com. Glass Glass Size Vent Door Com. Glass Glass 3x3 ft. 7 % x 6 in. $25.70 $30.00 5x 9 ft. 14x11 in. $67.40 $82.50 3x4 ft. IVi x 6 in. 30.20 35.60 5x10 ft. 14x11 in. 72.80 89.40 3x5 ft. 7 y 2 x 6 in. 33.20 39.40 6x 6 ft. 17x13 in. 61.00 78.80 3x6 ft. iVz x 6 in. 37.30 44.50 6x 7 ft. 17x13 in. 65.70 80.60 4x4 ft. 12 x 8 in. 35.30 38.90 6x 8 ft. 17x13 in. 72.90 89.30 4x5 ft. 12 x 8 in. 39.10 45.90 6x 9 ft. 17x13 in. 79.50 97.80 4x6 ft. 12 x 8 in. 45.10 54.40 6x10 ft. 17x13 in. 85.20 105.00 4x7 ft. 12 x 8 in. 48.90 59.40 6x11 ft. 17x13 in. 91.90 113.80 4x8 ft. 12 x 8 in. 53.50 64.90 6x12 ft. 17x13 in. 96.60 120.00 5x5 ft. 14 xll in. 45.00 54.10 6x14 ft. 17x13 in. 99.70 114.80 5x6 ft. 14 xl 1 in. 48.40 58.80 8x10 ft. 20x16 in. 94.30 108.70 5x7 ft. 14 xll in. 56.80 69.00 8x12 ft. 20x16 in. 115.20 132.40 5x8 ft. 14 xll in. 62.30 75.90 8x14 ft. 20x16 in. 124.30 144.60 In effect, the double pitch skylight with end door ventilators. ventilates and admits light in about the same degree as the H ip Skylight with ridge ventilator. There is a slight diminution in the sunlight admitted by this skylight as compared with Hipped, due to the closed ends, which reduce the surface of penetration about 15%. Of course, a ridge ventilator will always function while this cannot be said of gable end vent doors. No matter from what direction the wind may blow a Ridge Ventilator, standing in the open and free, will “pull.” This cannot be said of gable end Vent doors. Where it is aimed to light and ventilate two rooms with one skylight, as two adjoining toilets, this is easily done with Double Pitch Skylight, the common practice being to extend the partition wall to the glass surface. To determine weight of a gable skylight add 1-5 of curb size to curb measurements to secure glass area; then multiply glass area by 2 to secure weight of frame and by 4 to secure weight of glass. Weights found include crates and boxes. Example : — Size 4x6 ft.= 24 ft. curb measure 1-5 of 24 5 and 5 added to 24=29 sq. ft. glass area 29x2 = weight of frame 29x4=weight of glass. SHAKE BOX CONTAINING GLASS SHIPMENTS BEFORE ACCEPTING FROM CARRIER. , 81 o AS1MT PAUL SINGLE PITCH SKYLIGHT For Third Pitch Curbs. No. 26C Skylight, Standard Construction, Any Pitch. Can be made puttyless but box or curb must have a Yi pitch. List Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. List Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul Price with Price with Price with Price with 3-16 in. Common *4 in. Wire 3-16 in. Common Yu in. Wire Size Glass Glass Size Glass Glass 3x3 ft. $18.00 $19.00 5x 9 ft $45.00 $52.60 3x4 ft. 20.50 22.00 5x10 ft 48.00 57.80 3x5 ft. 22.80 25.30 6x 6 ft 39.00 51.80 3x6 ft. 26.30 29.00 6x 7 ft 44.50 57.00 4x4 ft. 22.10 25.00 6x 8 ft 49.80 62.70 4x5 ft. 27.00 29.50 6x 9 ft 54.30 68.90 4x6 ft. 30.40 34.00 6x10 ft 58.40 75.80 4x7 ft. 33.80 38.30 6x11 ft 64.00 82.70 4x8 ft. 36.50 44.00 6x12 ft 68.50 89.30 5x5 ft. 31.50 34.50 6x14 ft 79.80 92.40 5x6 ft. 34.50 38.80 8x10 ft 76.00 88.00 5x7 ft. 38.20 43.50 8x12 ft 91.20 105.60 5x8 ft. 41.00 47.80 8x14 ft 106.40 123.20 If the above skylight is desired for steep roof specify Style 26A. This skylight is constructed so that it will fit a curb built perpendicularly with roof line. The single pitch or flat skylight is always usee on so-called “flat roofs” (to distinguish them from Gable Roofs.) They should always be set near the center and facing the south so sunlight will pene- trate for the longest period each day. Do not set these skylights, or in fact any others, near high walls. Drifting snow will lodge and in time cover them completely which may cause leaks even though properly set, flashed and glazed. In ordering single pitch skylights always send in a sketch showing exact pitch of roof and illustrat- ing clearly the length of the main bars. If this is not done we shall assume without any responsibility that the first measurement given represents the length of main bars and the last measurement indicates the length of the upper and lower curbs. To prevent errors it is best to send a sketch with your order or inquiry. To determine weight of a flat skylight multiply length by width to secure area; then multiply area by 2 to secure weight of frame and by 4 to secure weight of glass. Weights include crates and boxes. Example : — 4x6 ft.- 24 sq. ft. curb measure. 24x2=weight of frame. 24x4 weight of glass. SHAKE BOX CONTAINING GLASS SHIPMENTS BEFORE ACCEPTING FROM CARRIER. 82 SPECIAL SKYLIGHTS No. 22E Skylight, Standard Construction, % Pitch. Can be made puttyless by changing pitch to *4 and using felt strip for glazing. Has Ridge Ventilator and Movable Made in the sizes givei List Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Price with Price with 3-16 in. Common 14 in. Wire Size Glass Glass 5x 8 ft $217.30 $230.00 5x10 ft 273.50 288.50 6x 8 ft 254.30 268.70 6x10 ft 289.60 307.60 Side Sashes, with Locking Apparatus, i. Special sizes to order. List Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Price with Price with 3-16 in. Common l /n in. Wire Size Glass Glass 6x12 ft $338.70 $357.60 8x10 ft 385.30 407.00 8x12 ft 447.80 473.00 8x14 ft 502.60 532.00 This is only one of a wide variety of special Skylights which we have made in the past and are prepared to make in the future. Special conditions sometimes require that special constructions be em- ployed to meet unusual demands. Factory buildings often need the “saw-tooth” type of skylights to light the interior properly. We have made large numbers of them and are prepared to quote you low prices on this type. Skylights of unusual size or span should be made of heavier material and in extreme cases the bars should be reinforced with steel cores. When the plans you have call for such skylights let us quote net prices on the type wanted. Don’t forget to say whether Common or Wire Glass is wanted. This is very important. Wood curbing and flashing are not included at prices quoted. Curbs should be built of planks and made *4 inch smaller each way than size of Skylight specified. This will allow for an easy fit and for flashing. Prices on intermediate or special sizes will be quoted on application. To determine weight of a Turreted Skylight, add V3 of curb size to curb measurements to secure glass area; then multiply glass area by 4 to secure weight of frame and by 5 to secure weight of glass. Weights found include crates and boxes. Example : — 5x8 ft. 40 sq. ft. curb measure V& of 40 13 1-3 and 13 1-3 added to 40 53 1-3 sq. ft. glass area. 53*6x4 weight of frame 53Mix5 weight of glass. SHAKE BOX CONTAINING GLASS SHIPMENTS BEFORE ACCEPTING FROM CARRIER. o I I Style 23A, Photographers’ Skylight with Broken Pitch Style 23B, Photographers’ Skylight with Single Pitch The varying demands of the photographer’s business makes it inadvisable to quote on so-called I stock sizes. Prices will be gladly quoted upon application. When inquiring for prices, send a sketch of the opening in which skylight must fit and clearly state the angle of the break and pitch. Also state what kind of glass is desired, whether %-in. Ribbed Wire, 3-16-in. Common Ribbed or Double Strength ground. HEAVY COPPER CLEAT CONDENSATION GUTTER SECTION or PUTTY 5KYLIGHT BAP This is a cross section of the main bar in our skylights, some- what reduced. With slight changes the other bars are about the same. The height of our main bar is 3 inches and the width of shoulders is in proportion. How to place the glass is quite clearly shown. First the shoulders are covered with a heavy bed of putty; then the light of glass is placed in position and pressed down slowly to make it lay evenly; then the cap is pressed down as tightly as possible after which the surplus putty is removed. HEAVY COPPER CLEAT ^/-r-/-r A X A5BE5T05 Here we show a main bar detail of our puttyless skylight. Instead of putty, used in glazing the others (putty not supplied by us) we furnish with these skylights a ]/g inch sheet asbestos packing which is used as indicated. Care must be taken that the caps are pressed down as tightly as is possible without breaking the glass before the copper clips which hold the caps down are turned over. 5 OLDER x \ / CONDENSATION GUTTER SECTION OF PUTTYLE5S SKYLIGHT BAR Don’t forget to say whether Common or Wire Glass is wanted. This is very important. Wood curbing and flashing are not included at prices quoted. Curbs should be built of planks and made *4 inch smaller each way than size of Skylight specified. This will allow for an easy fit and for flashing. In all cases the first measurement given indicates the width of the gable ends. Skylight glass should always be laid with rough surface up and smooth surface down. 84 'AHSHT PAUL COP RU© ATS HO CO, 14-inch Wire Solite Glass J4-inch Ribbed Wire Glass Very strong and fire-resisting. The big advantage of using Ribbed Wire Glass is that a cracked or broken light will not fall out. The wires imbedded in the glass during manufacture will hold the pieces! together until it is convenient to replace with a perfect piece. GLASS MUST BE SET PROPERLY Both the Solite, or mottled glass, and the ribbed glass have a smooth side and this must be laid to the weather. Outside surface would catch and hold dust and dirt were the ribbed or mottled sides set to the weather, making frequent washing necessary and difficult. Configurations, like mottles and ribs, on underside break the direct rays of the sun and minimize shadows below. With such glass one gets all of the daylight minus the glare and the resulting heavy shadows experienced from the direct rays of the sun when using plain glass. WIRED GLASS ADDS PROTECTION Glass with a fine wire netting imbedded in the center has advantages which are always worth consid ering. It is heavier (measuring *4-inch in thickness) and the wire strands imbedded in the center wil keep pieces from falling out after a light is broken. In fact, a light with an ordinary crack will still be water-tight and may remain water-tight for years. Because of its thickness and wire netting protection it is the most economical and satisfactory to specify even at the higher price. As a protection against hail and fire it has no equal. Unless otherwise specified we will ship 14 -inch wire solite (mottled) glass. If common glass is ordered we will ship 3-16-inch common solite (mottled) glass. Ribbed glass either in 14 -inch wire 01 3-16-inch common, will be shipped only when ordered. Prices on solite (mottled) and ribbed glass are the same. 3-16-inch Common Solite Glass 3-16-inch C ommon Ribbed Glass Ct Suitable for skylights where there is little danger of breakage after it is set and where fire restric tions do not call for Ribbed Wire Glass. 85 o LOOKING DOWN FIFTH STREET, ST. PAUL Our Materials Were Used on Every Building in Sight. The list of buildings below on which our materials were used, in most cases exclusively, demonstrates that we can handle Architectural Sheet Metal Work of the most elaborate and difficult designs. Minnesota State Capitol, St. Paul. Pioneer Building, 16 stories, St. Paul. Commerce Building, 12 stories, St. Paul. Lowry Building, 14 stories, St. Paul. Leamington Hotel, 10 stories, Minneapolis. Leonard Hotel, 10 stories, Duluth. New University Buildings, Madison, Wis. And Many Large Schools, Churches, Theaters, etc. 86 o General Information About Cornices The Cornice of a building is an important part although it is not absolutely necessary and perhaps only an ornament. A properly proportioned cornice adds dignity to the building which cannot be attained in any other way. The cornice finishes the top of the building in way that is pleasing to the eye and gives it a balance that would not be possible without one. The best buildings in the country have Cornices and most of them are made of Sheet Metal. Because of their light weight they are easy to erect. This is not the case with terra cotta cornices which require strong anchoring to keep them in place. More- over. in comparison with other Cornices, they are inexpensive and just as durable as any. A common method of fastening Cornices to wood look-outs is shown in Fig. 4. Cornices are made in 10-foot sections whenever possible and each section should have two look-outs, one for the center and the other for the ends. As the detail shows, the extreme upper projection should be set high enough so that water falling upon the cornice roof will wash back upon the roof of the building and not fall upon the walk below. Fig. 4 Typical Cross Section Detail SINGLE RETURN LOCK J. ogee; PLANGEER qq ip /quarter r ^ y ROUND V I HLLfT FILLET fascia MODILLION BAND Z MODILLION C.AP y MODILLION n_ MODILIJON 3 ■¥ COVE Z_ -MOULD \ it-- BED MOULD - z*' JL “ 2 u -I 10 -J ET O O O O 5 L> i_ QUARTER ROUND STILE -ITZ. ] ^ iij o ./DENTIL MOULO PS o X COVE PANEL Fig. 1 The method of making a return miter that does not project beyond the wall line of the side of the building is shown in Fig. 1. This end finish is necessary where the side walls of the building stand on the property line and the Double Return (Fig. 2) would bring the building upon *' — neighboring property. DOUBLE RETURN the PANEL MOULD WASH ■ fills. A y QUARTER ROUND FASCIA .aFIFL FASCIA 'o o o O _J ^ ID o ii Fig. 2 The Double Return is illustrated in Fig. 2 and makes a pleasing appearance. This method of returning the Cornice to the side of the building is only possible when the walls do not stand on the property line and the thickness of the walls plus the overhang or projection of the comics does not carry the building beyond the property line. HEAD BLOCK Fig. 5. Parts of a Cornice Fig. 5 gives a detail of a large Cornice and indicates the Fig. 3 shows the Head Block Finish which is preferred architectural terms for the various members that make up such by some. This, like the Single Return, terminates at the a cornice. property line. 87 CORNICE NO. 36 Height, 36 inches. Projection, 14 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $10.00 Head blocks, each 20.00 Miters, each 30.00 Cornice Roof not included. CORNICE NO. 51 Height, 32 inches. Projection, 12 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $3.50 Head blocks, each 12.00 Miters, each 10.50 Cornice Roof not included. CORNICE NO. 28 Height, 24 inches. Projection, 14 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $2.75 Head blocks, each 13.50 Miters, each 8.25 Cornice Roof not included. CORNICE NO. 56 Height, 12 inches. Projection, 6 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $1.00 Head blocks, each 6.00 Miters, each 3.00 Cornice Roof not included. CORNICE NO. 46 Height, 36 inches. Projection, 14 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $10.00 Head blocks, each 20.00 Miters, each 30.00 Cornice Roof not included. CORNICE NO. 31 Height, 24 inches. Projection, 14 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $3.00 Head blocks, each 12.00 Miters, each 9.00 Cornice Roof not included. ATSMG CO. CORNICES CORNICE NO. 49 Height, 28 inches. Projection, 14 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $ 8.00 Head blocks, each 12.00 Miters, each 24.00 Cornice roof not included. CORNICE NO. 27 Height, 18 inches. Projection, 10 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $2.00 Head blocks, each 6.00 Miters, each 6.00 Cornice roof not included. CORNICE NO. 29 Height, 24 inches. Projection, 16 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $ 2.50 Head blocks, each 11.00 Miters, each 7.50 Cornice roof not included. CORNICE NO. 54 Height, 26 inches. Projection, 12 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $ 1.50 Head blocks, each 12.00 Miters, each 4.50 Cornice roof not included. CORNICE COVERS CORNICE NO. 55 Height, 30 inches. Projection, 12 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $ 3.50 Head blocks, each 12.00 Miters, each 10.50 Cornice roof not included. the Covers are furnished with lock formed on front edge. Balance of sheet is flat to be formed at building. Prices are for No. 26 gauge galvanized steel. i I Girth Prices, per foot 12 inches, per lineal foot $0.23 15 inches, per lineal foot 28*4 18 inches, per lineal foot 33*4 20 inches, per lineal foot 37^4 Girth Prices, per foot 24 inches, per lineal foot $0.44^4 28 inches, per lineal foot 51*4 30 inches, per lineal foot 55 36 inches, per lineal foot 67J4 89 AY MG CO. CORNICES CORNICE NO. 57 Height, 24 inches. Projection, 14 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $2.50 Head blocks, each 9.00 Miters, each 7.50 Cornice roof not included. CORNICE NO. 101. Height, 25 inches. Projection, 14 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $2.50 Head blocks, each 9.00 Miters, each 7.50 Cornice roof not included. No. 63. 5x10 inches. List, per lineal foot $0.75 Miters, each 2.25 Ends, each 3.50 LINTEL CORNICES No. 88. 4 t /2 x 10 inches. List, per lineal foot $1.25 Miters, each 3.75 No. 62. 4x8 inches. List, per lineal foot $0.65 Miters, each 1.95 No. 87. 4^2*8 inches. List, per lineal foot $0.65 M iters, each 1.95 CORNICE NO. 102 Height, 23 inches. Projection, 14 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $2.25 Head blocks, each 9.00 Miters, each 6.75 Cornice roof not included. CORNICE NO. 103 Height, 24 inches. Projection, 14 inches. Prices, F. O. B. St. Paul. Cornice, per foot $ 2.50 Head blocks, each 11.00 Miters, each 7.50 Cornice roof not included. No. 91. 5x9 inches. List, per lineal foot $0.75 Miters, each 2.25 ifUiim-yj in mi m 'jpunwwwflffy No. 83. 5x8 inches. List, per lineal foot $2.00 Miters, each 6.00 Cornice roofs are not included in prices. 90 lAlffT PAUL CORRUOATSMG CO, Designed for building 24 List price For each additional foot add feet wide. $120.00 5.00 Designed for building 24 feet wide. Designed for building 22 feet wide. List price $170.00 List price For each additional foot add.. 5.50 For each additional foot add ..$170.00 5.75 Front No. 475. Designed for building 30 feet wide. List price $260.00 For each additional foot add 7.25 Front No. 788. Designed for building 22 feet wide. List price $280.00 For each additional foot add 10.50 \u - ■ ' 1 .ij V Jmi r ^5m*l .\*J —■—d JS - «.f - -Jl ■ — ^ *il ~ - -A _ 1 Front No. 531. Designed for Building 44 Feet Wide. List price of sheet metal work For each additional foot add $240.00 5.50 Store fronts present an inexpensive and durable form of construction. With a few minor repairs some of the store fronts put up as many as 25 years ago are still in perfect condition. Front No. 522. Designed for building 25 feet wide. List price $380.00 For each additional foot add 7.50 As a rule store fronts are put up over rough boarding with a layer of building paper between the boards and the steel. Another form of construction is steel over lath and plaster. The storefronts illustrated on this page are combinations of Cornices, Pediments, Sidings, Pilasters and Castings shown on various pages of this catalog. If you contemplate building a store like any of the types shown here we will gladly furnish you with a scale drawing for your use in purchasing your lumber and millwork. And in case you decide on another style of structure and wish to cover the exterior with steel, send us your drawing or plan giving the size and style of finish you prefer with the number and sizes of openings so we can submit you our scale drawing with complete price. Prices given include only the steel cov- ering and not the lumber or millwork. Separate prices on the necessary mill- work will gladly be quoted upon request. 91 ATM© CO. NO. 1401 CANOPY View from the Side View from the Front A Modern Canopy A modern canopy will add distinctiveness to your building. No large building is truly modern with- out canopies over the entrances. The building with a hole in the wall for an entrance can be vastly improved by adding a canopy over the main entrance. It will give dignity that will surprise you. Every owner of property with the civic pride that has made our great and modern American cities possible considers the appearance of his buildings of vast importance because they represent the achievements of his lifetime. Such buildings are also sought by the better class of renters and always command a higher rental. Sheet Metal Canopies are built in sections and are easy to erect. Complete blue prints are sent with every shipment. Canopies are generally built of galvanized steel but copper is often used also. After being ex- posed for a time, copper turns a rich green due to oxidization, which adds immensely to the beauty of the Canopy. Canopies can be made in an endless variety of designs. The above two are simply suggestive of what can be done with Sheet Metal in this direc- tion. A large number of other designs are on file and we will gladly submit what we believe is best suited for your building upon receiving a sketch of elevation where Canopy is desired. Prices are quoted on application. When inquiring for prices send sketch or eleva- tion of wall where canopy is to be located, giving thickness and construction of wall. y2 iAIMT PAUL C©IERU©AT2 1 FINIALS AND VANES Galvanized Steel with Zinc and Wrought Iron Ornaments When placing order always send sketch showing shape and size of tower roof. See page 94 for complete instructions. No. 92. 10 feet high. Price $60.00 No. 93. 6 feet high. Price $45.00 No. 96. 12 feet high. Price $64.00 No. 26. 3 feet high. Price ....$24.00 No. 27. 3 feet high. Price ....$26.00 LJk No. 31. 3*4 feet high. Price ....$30.00 A No. 32. 3*4 feet high Price ....$20.00 TOWER FINIALS No. 53. Height, 234 feet. Price, each $16.00 No. 54. Height, 3 feet. Price, each $24.00 Height, 4 feet, each.. 28.00 No. 55. Height 2^4 feet. Price, each $13.00 Crating will be charged at cost. 9.1 I o CROSSES Prices are for Galvanized Steel and Include a Base to Fit Tower. CROSS NO. 80 CROSS NO. 82 CROSS NO. 83 With chamfered shaft With square shaft and A plain design with and arms. End orna- arms. Both faces are square and flat shaft ments are paneled. paneled. and arms. No. 80 No. 82 No. 83 Size of Shaft Height Plain Gilded* Plain Gilded* Plain Gilded* 4x4 inches 6 feet $22.00 $54.00 $28.00 $60.00 $20.00 $48.00 6x6 inches 8 feet 27.00 78.00 34.00 85.00 25.00 67.00 8x8 inches 10 feet 34.00 100.00 42.00 108.00 32.00 90.00 8x8 inches 12 feet 39.00 118.00 46.00 124.00 36.00 106.00 In ordering Crosses it is imperative that you send us a sketch showing shape and size of tower roof. State whether the tower is round, square, hexagonal, chamfered or octagonal in shape. Then show on the sketch the size of the tower at base and top and give total height. In referring to diameter of hex- agonal or octagonal towers always give short diameter, that is, diameter between sides. In illustrating chamfered towers give measurements between wide faces, then show width of both faces as well as height. *NOTE. — All gilding is done with the best Quality XXXX pure gold leaf which will not blacken by exposure to the weather. All gilded crosses are well wrapped with paper or cloth to protect them from damage in shipping. Crating will be charged at cost. SPUN METAL BALL WITH NECK Assembled with Neck Gilded with Gold L( Size of Ball Zinc Copper Zinc Copper 4 inch $2.20 $2.60 $6.20 $6.60 5 inch 2.50 3.00 7.10 7.60 6 inch 3.00 3.60 8.00 8.60 7 inch 3.70 4.40 9.70 10.40 8 inch 4.40 5.20 10.80 11.60 9 inch 5.00 6.00 12.00 13.00 10 inch 6.00 8.00 14.00 16.00 12 inch 8.00 11.50 18.00 22.00 Flag Pole _ . , . ... , , , . . .Ornament No. 84 Boxing or packing will be charged at cost. 1 NOTE. — In ordering Balls assembled with necks be sure to state exact size of pole at top so neck can be made to fit. If Balls are to be mounted on rods send sketch showing exactly what is wanted. We can spin Balls of all sizes up to 16 inches diameter of zinc, copper or brass, and by stamoing in sections can produce perfect balls of any larger diameter. Let us quote on whatever you may need in the line of spun metal ornaments. 94 ■A! BIT PAUL CQERUGATMG CO, GALVANIZED STEEL NAME AND DATE PANELS (Made in Any Style) m TEMPLE -utvavwvwwwT %-v vvvi vwm rfir v MME OF I Style "A” Name Panel with Egg and Dart Moulding. Style *'B” Name Panel with Plain Formed Moulding. These Date and Number Plates can be made in any size or style and with any inscription to meet your requirements. GALVANIZED BLOCK LETTERS AND FIGURES These letters can be furnished in any size or style to fasten on brick walls, to nail to wood walls or to solder on galvanized steel backgrounds. The letters illustrated and priced below are suitable for most purposes and are assembled complete ready to solder in place. Projection is one and one-quarter inch. These Date and Name Plates can be painted any color desired at small extra cost. A most attrac tive finish is obtained by gilding the faces of the letters with gold leaf, nainting the sides of the letters yellow and painting and sanding the background to match the trim of the building. Prices per Letter Each .$0.80 Height 6-inch letters or figures 8- inch letters or figures 1.00 9- inch letters or figures 1.25 10-inch letters or figures 1.50 Height 12-inch letters or figures 15-inch letters or figures 18-inch letters or figures 24-inch letters or figures Each .$ 2.00 . 2.50 . 3.00 . 4.00 For attaching lugs for nailing or bricking in add 50%. Prices on painting or gilding with gold leaf will be quoted on request. HALF BALLS Spun Half Balls, Zinc and Copper. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul. Made of Spun Zinc or Copper Diameter Halves, Each of Balls Zinc Copper 1” w 07^4 07 54 • 1054 1 54 ” 08 .12 2” 0854 .15 254” 3” 1154 .25 13 •3154 354” 19 .3754 4” 21 .50 5” 30 .67 6” 46 .8654 7” 60 1.38 8” 74 1.76 9” 90 2.20 i 10” 1.16 2.56 ; 12” 1.76 5.18 14” 2.70 7.02 16” 5.00 11.56 18” 7.00 14.10 20” 9.00 17.50 22” 12.00 25.50 24” 16.50 38.00 95 o FURNACE PIPE AND ELBOWS Furnished in joints measuring 2 feet over all and in Bundles of 50 feet each. Made of 28 gauge Galvanized in sizes 3 to 6 inches inclusive. Made of 26 gauge Galvanized in sizes 7 to 48 inches inclusive. Made of 24 gauge Galvanized in sizes 7 to 12 inches inclusive. N. B. Black Iron 24 gauge Nested Pipe is made in sizes 7 to 12 inches inclusive. 90° Angle Adjustable Elbow 60° Angle 30° Angle Galvanized Iron 26 gauge Adjustable Elbows and Angles are made in sizes 6 to 48 inches inclusive. Galvanized Iron and Black Iron 24 gauge Adjustable Elbows and Angles are made in sizes 7 to 12 inches inclusive. All Adjustable Elbows and Angles 14 inches in diameter and larger are made with above hoop. FURNACE PIPE AND ELBOWS List Prices Galvanized ELBOWS, each, and FURNACE PIPE, per foot, F. O. B. St. Paul. Size, inches Galvanized Pipe, 26 gauge, per ft Galvanized Pipe, 24 gauge, per ft Black Pipe, 24 gauge, per ft Galvanized 4 piece 90° Elbows, 26 gauge, each Galvanized 4 piece 90 Elbows, 24 gauge, each. Black 4 piece 90° Elbows, 24 gauge, each. Galvanized 2 piece 45° Angles, 26 gauge, each Galvanized 2 piece 45° Angles, 24 gauge, each. Galvanized 3 piece 60 Angles, 26 gauge, each. Galvanized 3 piece 60 Angles, 24 gauge, each. Size, inches Galvanized Pipe, per ft Galvanized 4 piece 90 Elbows, each Galvanized 3 piece 60° Angles, each Galvanized 2 piece 45° Angles, each Galvanized 2 piece 30° Angles, each Size, inches Galvanized Pipe, per ft Galvanized 4 piece 90° Elbows, each Galvanized 3 piece 60° Angles, each Galvanized 2 piece 45° Angles, each Galvanized 2 piece 30° Angles, each Size, inches Galvanized Pipe, per ft Galvanized 4 piece 90 Elbows, each Galvanized 3 piece 60° Angles, each Galvanized 2 piece 30° Angles, each 5 & 6 7 8 9 10 11-12 $0.33 $0.36 $0.38 $0.40 $0.44 $0.58 .45 .49 .53 .58 .76 .36 .38 .40 .44 .58 .50 .60 .70 .80 1.00 1.40 .80 .90 1.10 1.30 1.70 .60 .70 .80 1.00 1.40 .47 .54 .63 .77 .90 .60 .70 .80 1.00 1.40 .50 .60 .70 .90 1.20 .64 .75 .90 1.20 1.50 13-14 15-16 18 20 22 24 $0.63 $0.72 $0.90 $1.08 $1.35 $1.62 1.80 2.40 3.00 3.60 4.40 5.20 1.40 1.80 2.20 2.90 3.20 3.70 1.15 1.50 1.85 2.35 2.60 3.00 .90 1.00 1.50 1.80 2.00 2.30 26 28 30 32 34 36 $1.89 $2.16 $2.43 $2.70 $2.97 $3.24 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00 11.00 4.20 4.90 5.60 6.70 7.50 8.30 3.40 3.95 4.55 2.60 3.00 3.50 4.50 5.00 5.50 38 40 42 44 46 48 $3.51 $3.78 $4.05 $4.32 $4.59 $4.86 12.00 13.00 18.00 20.00 22.00 24.00 9.00 10.00 13.50 15.00 16.50 18.00 6.00 6.50 9.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 96 o There is nothing that adds so much to the appearance of cornices and other architectural sheet metal work as our zinc ornamentation illustrated on the following pages. It rivals terra cotta in beauty of detail and at but a fraction of the cost. Try to imagine how plain, how unattractive the buildings illustrated below would be without the ornamentation used. All ornamentation and balustrades shown on this building were made out of zinc in our factory. Notice how the appearance is improved by this work. i i All ornaments as well as the cornice itself were manufactured in our plant. The building is twelve stories high, but the ornamental details are clearly visible from the street. 97 PRESSED ZINC ORNAMENTS EZZ No. 223. 1% inch. List, per foot. .$0.19 ->0^x3 No. 282. 1 y 2 inch. List, per foot $0.22 No. 233. 2 inch. List, per foot. .$0.27 No. 234. 2% inch. List, per foot... .$0.28 No. 206. 234 inch. List, per foot. .$0.38 \ No. 212. 3 inch. List, per foot k« - ■ .$0.40 No. 1221. 3% inch. List, per foot $0.44 r rrrr- . fibi/S W/ Vvy* w/ No. 224. 4 inch. List, per foot. .$0.48 Kama*/' No. 1211. 4 Y 2 inch. List, per foot. .$0.50 A.WA SKS? jk. A No. 252. 5 inch. List, per foot $0.60 No. 202. 6 inch. List, per foot $0.70 No. 240. 7 inch. List, per foot $0.90 No. 241. 10 inch. List, per foot $1.50 No. 295. 11*4 inch. List, per foot $1.80 No. 281. \y 2 inch. List, per foot $0.18 No. 218. 414 inch. List, per foot $0.50 No. 274. 3 inch. List, per foot $0.42 On orders for small quantities a service charge to cover cost of casting dies and hammers will be made in addition to the regular price of the material. A HINT PAUL CORRUGATM© CO PRESSED ZINC ORNAMENTS— Continued tegss BBWj No. 1227. l 3 /4 inch. List, per foot $0.24 .$0.27 No. 225. 2 inch. List, per foot $0.27 No. 239. 2\\ inch. List, per foot $0.28 No. 1220. iy 2 inch. List, per foot $0.32 No. 203. 234 inch. List, per foot $0.34 No. 269. 3 inch. List, per foot. .$0.38 No. 1230. 1% inch. List, per foot $0.20 No. 235. 3 /\ inch. List, per foot $0.20 2 No. 1204. 1 inch. List, per foot $0.22 No. 254. 1 inch. List, per foot $0.22 No. 216. 154 inch. List, per foot $0.30 No. 201. 1 inch. List, per foot $0.15 No. 290. 134 inch. List, per foot $0.36 ^ ^ K** < 5 ** <■ No. 243. 3 inch. List, per foot $0.38 H >_. < > . AnJ No. 298. 3 inch. List, per foot $0.48! © r a /■ A -c- ^ ^ ^ ^ - No. 242. 4 inch. List, per foot $0.46 No. 263. 4*4 inch. List, per foot $0.56 On orders for small quantities a service charge to cover cost of casting dies and hammers will be made in addition to the regular price of the material. 99 iAIKT COEROGATMG CO. PRESSED ZINC ORNAMENTS — Continued \ | No. 1226. 2 inch. List, per foot. .$0.30 No. 229. 3 inch. List, per foot. .$0.42 No. 275. 3 inch. List, per foot. .$0.40 -» * * m, t, i No. 228. 3 inch. List, per foot. $0.42 i ^ ^ n ^ • ■ ... 3 E No. 222. 314 inch. List, per foot $0.42 No. 260. 334 inch. List, per foot. $0.48 No. 213. 4 inch. List, per foot. .$0.48 No. 289. 33/4 inch. List, per foot. $0.48 No. 259. 5 inch. List, per foot. .$0.56 No. 215. 8 T ,4 inch. List, per foot. .$0.80 No. 1215. 10 inch. List, per foot. .$0.90 No. 276. 334 inch. List, per foot. .$0.48 No. 244. 4 inch. List, per foot. $0.56 No. 205. 414 inch. List, per foot. $0.70 4% 5% 0 No. 1263. 4'4 inch. List, per foot. $0.70 On orders for small quantities a service charge to cover cost of casting dies and hammers will be made in addition to the regular price of the material. 100 PRESSED ZINC ORNAMENTS— Continued L' i No. 230. 5 inch. List, per foot No. 287 . 5 inch. List, per foot ZV. ' A / \ / V / No. 2206. 6 inch. List, per foot $0.75 No. 272. 6 inch. List, per foot $0.75 No. 221. 6 inch. List, per foot $0.75 No. 285. 6 inch. List, per foot $0.75 No. 291. 6 inch. List, per foot $0.75 On orders for small quantities a service charge made in addition to the regular price of the material. No. 2216. 6 inch. List, per foot $0.75 No. 268. 6 inch. List, per foot $0.75 No. 219. 7 inch. List, per foot $0.80 No. 273. 7 inch. List, per foot $0.80 .... No. 211. 9 inch. List, per foot $0.90 ; No. 231. 9 inch. List, per foot $0.90 No. 231. Sawed out as shown 1.80 cover cost of casting dies and hammers will be No. 231. 9 inch. List, per foot $0.90 No. 231. Sawed out as shown 1.80 I 101 PRESSED ZINC ORNAMENTS — Continued No. 354 18 inch List, $5.00 No. 369 15 inch List, $2.40 No. 345 12 inch List, $1.25 No. 305 12 inch List, $1.50 No. 301 12 inch List, $1.25 No. 348 10 inch List, $0.80 No. 320 9 inch List, $0.75 No. 373 9 inch List, $0.85 No. 316 7*4 inch List, $0.55 No. 384 8 inch List, $0.60 No. 306 6 inch List, $0.42 No. 346 514 inch List, $0.40 No. 353 No. 349 No. 341 No. 342 No. 307 No. 359 8 inch 7 inch 6 inch 4 inch 4 inch 3^4 inch List, $0.65 List, $0.60 List, $0.55 List, $0.45 List, $0.40 List, $0.40 No. 381 2*4 inch List, $0.20 No. 302 9x9 inch List, $0.90 No. 347 8x8 inch List, $0.90 No. 314 6x6 inch List, $0.40 No. 309 4x4 inch List, $0.32 No. 313 6x10 inch List, $0.75 No. 337 4}4x6*4 inch List, $0.40 On orders for small quantities a service charge to cover cost of casting dies and hammers will be made in addition to the regular price of the material. PRESSED ZINC ORNAMENTS— Continued inches. List, per pair, $6.00 No. 415 7x10*4 List, $0.80 No. 403 9x12 List, $1.20 No. 426 5*4x10 List, $0.65 No. 461. Right and Left, 14x1854 List, per pair $7 No. 401 1 1*4x12*4 List, $1.60 No. 402 10x13 List $1.40 No. 459 554x8*4 List, $0.60 No. 418 4x8 List, $0. No. 472 5x11 List, $0.60 No. 471 5x6*4 List, $0.50 No. 409 6*4x7 List, $0.60 No. 406 5x6 List, $0.45 No. 470 3*4x4 List, $0.40 No. 508 6x7 List, $0.75 No. 503 6^4x7 List, $0.75 No. 505 •3x1034 List, $1.25 No. 502 8*4x14 List, $2.00 No. 506 954x16 *4 List, $2.40 No. 507 10x10 List, $1.25 No. 589 954x8 List, $1.25 No. 504 7 54x9 List, $1.00 No. 411 No. 451 No. 440 No. 416 No. 413 No. 423 834x1354 4x16 8x9 4x13 3x17 5x1654 List, $1.50 List, $0.70 List, $0.90 List, $0.60 List, $0.80 List, $1.00 On orders for small quantities a service charge to cover cost of casting dies and hammers will be made in addition to the regular price of the material. 103 A UNIT PAUL PRESSED ZINC ORNAMENTS— Continued No. 926 13x23^4x8 inch face. List, in parts $9.00 No. 931 11x25x10 inch face. List, in parts $9.50 No. 901 7x14x7 inch face List, in parts $3.00 No. 902 754x19x6 inch face List, in parts $5.50 No. 928 854x1754x7 inch face List, in parts $5.50 No. 906 654x13x5 inch face List, in parts $3.0G No. 908 9x15x5 inch face List, in parts $3.00 No. 909 554x8x4 inch face >t, in parts $2.25 No. 904 9x1754x7 inch face List, in parts $4.50 No. 919 26x11x3 inch face List, in parts $7.50 No. 911 554x1054 x4 inch face List, in parts $2.50 No. 925 No. 974 454x10^4x5 inch face 6x12x654 inch face List, in parts $2.5C List, in parts $3.50 On orders for small quantities a service charge to cover cost of casting dies and hammers will be made in addition to the regular price of the material. 104 o PRESSED ZINC ORNAMENTS— Continued No. 1222 Cresting Shells 18^4 inches high List, per foot, in parts, without backing, $3.00 No. 1257 Corner Shell Shells 1854 inches high List, each, in parts, without backing $7.50 No. 1209 Cresting 1254 inches high List, per foot, without backing, $1.80 No. 567 Shell 2054x1834 inches List, each, without backing, $4.50 No. 568 Corner Shell 10x10x1834 inches List, each, in parts, without backing, $4.50 No. 1270 Corner Shell No. 1294 Corner Shell No. 559 No. 560 15x15x20 inches 8x8x18 inches 18 inches high 14 inches high List, each, in part, List, each, in parts, List, per lineal foot, without backing $3.00 without backing, $7.50 without backing, $3.50 On orders for small quantities a service charge to cover cost of casting dies and hammers will be made in addition to the regular price of the material. I 105 o PRESSED ZINC ORNAMENTS — Continued No. 1078 — Garland. Complete, 18x44 inches, 36 inches to center. List, each $10.50 No. 1001. Complete, 1454 x29 inches, 24 inches to center. List $5.00 No. 2021 8x15 inches List, each, $1.50 No. 2024 10x12 inches List, each, $1.50 No. 1122 1354x1654 inches List, each, $2.50 No. 1173 No. 1132 No. 1094 No. 221 1 D No. 526 No. 1089 454x454 6x6 434x12 954x1234 234x654 2x454 List, each, List, each. List, each. List, each, List, each. List, each, $0.80 $0.90 $1.25 $2.00 $0.36 $0.40 On orders for small quantities a service charge to cover cost of casting dies and hammers will be made in addition to the regular price of the material. 106 PRESSED ZINC ORNAMENTS No. 1178 12x15 List, $7.00 No. 1022 12x15 List, $7.00 No. 1064 No. 1107 9x11 9x11 List in parts $3.00 List, $3.50 No. 1041 8x10 List, $4.50 No. 1015 12x14 List, $7.00 No. 1042 5V 2 x6y 2 List, $1.00 No. 1149 4x454 List, $1.00 No. 1090 3 inch List, $0.50 No. 1007 6x6 neck, 754 high, 9 inch abacus l,ist in parts $4.00 No. 1062 3% neck 554 high 6^4 abacus List in parts $5.00 No. 2007 1654 neck, 19 high, 2854 abacus List for full capital in parts $90.00 List for half capital in parts 54.00 No. 1102 5x554 List, $1.50 No. 1120 6x10 List in parts $1.80 No. 1008 6x6 neck 454 high 854 abacus List in parts $4.50 No. 1119 354x714 List in parts $1.50 No. 1026 5x9 List in parts $2.00 No. 1118 454x5 List in parts $1.00 No. 1080 7/4x7 54 List in parts $1.50 No. 601. 18x20 List $8.00 No. 2006 12 neck, 18 high, 19 inch abacus List for full capital, in parts $60.00 List for half capital, in parts.... 36.00 No. 1101 Horns of Plenty, Right and Left Each 11x37 inches without backing. List, each $21.00 On orders for small quantities a service charge to cover cost of casting dies and hammers will be made in addition to the regular price of the material. ■AIEUT PAUL C©ERU©ATMG PRESSED ZINC ORNAMENTS — Continued List No. 1060 Right and left, 354x1954 inches, price, each .$1.10 No. 1061 Right and left, 6x15 inches. List price, each .$1.50 No. 457 Right and left, 454x1054 inches. List, per pair $0.80 No. 564 Right and left, 7x1054 inches. List, per pair $1.00 No. 514 Right and left, 6x12 inches. List, per pair $0.80- No. 553 Right and left, 3 x754- List, per pair $0.80 Right and left, 10x14 inches. List, per pair .$3.00 No. 520 Right and left, 354x454- List, per pair $0.70' No. 1054 31/4x1654 List, $1.00 No. 575 11x15 List in parts $3.00 No. 538 1254x6 List in parts $2.50 No. 1058 354x18 List, $1.00 List in parts $2.00 No. 1059 294x11 List, $0.90 List in parts $1.50 No. 548 No. 547 No. 607 No. 599 9x11 754x654 654x14 354x13 List in parts List in parts List, $1.00 List, $0./5 $2.00 $1-60 On orders for small quantities a service charge to cover cost of casting dies and hammers will be made in addition to the regular price of the material. EXPANDED METAL LATH Metal Lath and Plaster is the most economical form o fire-proofing for frame construction A flat, diamond-meshed, expanded metal lath cut from sheet steel and used as a base and reinforcing for all types of plastering work, also for fire- proofing, fire-stopping, etc. KNO-BURN Metal Lath provides a most excel- lent “key,” is very economical in the use of plaster, has a flat, rigid plastering surface which facilitates coverage, yet is sufficiently flexible to be readily formed to any desired shape — a particularly im- portant feature in ornamental plastering, ceiling work, etc. been calcined by the action of fire and would other- wise fall off. Complete embedment of the steel is facilitated by the small mesh, the slant of the strands and their individual small width. The in- terlacing of the strands forming the mesh assures | adequate reinforcement of the plaster in all directions. KNO-BURN Metal Lath does not expand, con- tract or warp, nor are there any excretions from the metal to stain the plaster. It is also “easy on the hands.” The “diamonds” are but 34-inch wide. Therefore, only sufficient mortar passes thru to provide the desired perfect “key,” — one so perfect in fact, that it retains the plaster in place even after it has The sheets are uniform and square, with straight parallel edges on the long sides so that the lath laps easily with minimum waste. Furnished painted. Stock Sizes and Weights of KNO-BURN Metal Lath I Weight Width Length Sheets Yards Weight Per Square Yard of Sheets of Sheets Per Bundle Per Bundle Per Bundle 3.4 lbs. 24 in. 96 in. 9 16 54.4 lbs. Furnished also cut from Galvanized Sheet or Pure Iron 2.5 lbs. 24 in. 96 in. 9 16 40.0 lbs. Furnished also cut from Galvanized Sheet or Pure Iron I 2.2 lbs. 24 in. 96 in. 9 16 35.2 lbs. Note how the mortar “keys” to the steel, completely imbedding it. 109 AMT PAUL A flat lath cut from a special copper-bearing sheet and especially designed for use in warm, damp climates, in salt-laden air, by the sea coast, in manufacturing sections — or wherever unusually trying atmospheric conditions exist, also where j deteriorating elements exist in the plaster used. Exhaustive tests extending over several years have proven that such copper-bearing steel has a I marked superiority in rust-resisting properties as I compared with non-coppered metal of the same | general composition or other so-called special ! analysis steel — pure iron, etc. It is economical in the use of plaster, and has the same excellent keying qualities and other desirable attributes of Kno-Burn lath, with the further advantages of being acid-resisting and little affected by damp. This greatly increases its scoDe of usefulness, since while plaster, properly applied and of good materials, forms a perfect protection for completely embedded lath, yet to provide against contingencies of accident, of climatic or chemical conditions, the use of a lath such as we offer in 20TH CENTURY is frequently indicated. 20TH CENTURY is also used with exceptional satisfaction for rat-proofing. Furnished painted with a special red paint. Stock Sizes and Weights of 20TH CENTURY Metal Lath Weight Width Length Sheets Yards Weight Per Square Yard of Sheets of Sheets Per Bundle Per Bundle Per Bundle 3.4 lbs. 24 in. 96 in. 9 16 54.4 lbs. 2.5 lbs. 24 in. 96 in. 9 16 40.0 lbs. Painted or galvanized lath properly erected and embedded amply meets all ordinary require- ments. Occasionally, however, builders prefer as a special precaution to use Pure Iron Dia- mond Mesh. This lath possesses all the desirable features of Kno-Burn but is cut from genuine open hearth, pure iron sheets, processed to re- move impurities, carbon, manganese, etc., this giving added resistance to climatic effects. Furnished flat or corrugated and painted red. Weights, respectively, 3.4 lb. and 2.5 lb. per sq. yd. Sheets 24x96 in. Packed 9 sheets 16 sq. yds. per bundle. I A11MT PAUL COERUGATIMG CO. Ls-IN. FLAT RIB EXPANDED METAL LATH Not a bushel of dropDings” from 15,000 yards of PLASTA-SAVER A distinctive type of steel plastering base com- bining the best features of diamond mesh and rib lath, and which is moreover so economical that it provides builders with a vehicle by means of which they can obtain the crack-preventing and fire-resist- ing advantages of metal lath construction at a cost that permits them to compete with inferior and cheaper bases for plaster. It is as easy as wood lath to plaster over, and can be erected far more rapidly. Sections of small diamond mesh are connected by flat ribs about y 2 -in. wide and spaced 1 2-10-in. from center to center. Ribs and mesh are formed from a single sheet of steel. Along the center of each rib is a bead %- in. high. PLASTA-SAVER affords an excellent and most economical base and reinforcing for all types of interior plastering. Its stiffness endwise prevents any give or sag under the trowel. At the same time it is sufficiently flexible sideways to use on cove work, for wrapping of beams, pillars, etc. There are no sharp edges to tear and cut the hands. The meshes are too small to catch and hold any lump or pebble that may find its way into the I mortar. The salvage edge nests or interlocks with I I the next sheet, consequently there is no loss of ' coverage on side laps. Its width, 24-in., is greater | than that of most other flat rib laths, saving labor and securing greater coverage when the sides of sheets are lapped instead of the ribs being nested. The smooth surface makes it possible for a man to “scratch” at least 50 yards more surface per day than usual and with no more effort. The small dia- I mond mesh connecting the ribs assures an adequate key. Yet the plasterer — no matter how poor a worker — cannot push through an excessive amount of mortar to the back of the lath, there to fall off and be wasted. SIZE AND WEIGHT OF PLASTA-SAVER METAL LATH Height of rib. Va-in. Width from center to center of ribs, 1 2-10-in. PLASTA-SAVER is furnished cut from standard steel sheet (painted black) also from copper-bearing sheet (painted red), i Packed 9 sheets or 16 square yards to bundle. Shipped nested and uncrated. Weight per Square Yard 3.4 lbs. Size of Sheets 24x96 in. Weight, per Bundle 54.4 lbs. Compare the inadequate clinch ob- tained on wood lath (top) with the splendid “key” of PLASTA-SAVER (bottom). Be sure you obtain the genuine PLASTA-SAVER. ill Recommended Specifications for Metal Lath Construction CUTTING AND NAILING METAL lath is easily cut by ordinary lather’s shears. It should be attached to wood stubs or joists by not less than 6d nails driven to a penetra- tion of not less than ^4 in- and bent over to engage at least two strands. In place of nails 34 i n . No. 14 wire staples may be used. Nails or staples should be spaced not to exceed 6 in. on center and should be placed so that one occurs where upper and lower edges of sheets lap at supports. If a rib lath is used, the staples or nails should hold the rib on walls and the nails should be bent upwards. Nail- ing or stapling at the center of the sheet and work- ing outwards makes the sheet lie flat and econ- omizes plaster. HOW TO START LATHING Apply lath to ceiling first. Bend sheets down 6 in. on to side walls and partitions to reinforce corner against cracks. If floor above is not of wood joists, lathing should be started at top of wall working downwards. Lath should always be bent into vertical corners by carrying around 6 in. on to masonry walls, or if adjoining wall is of wood studs, start sheet there, one stud away from the corner. Lath may be roughly treated with a lather’s hatchet to tuck it into the corners. Same applies to outside corners. No butt joint should be permitted in any corner. The strands of diamond lath are slightly tilted. In placing the sheet on the studs care should be taken so that the strand of the lath is tilted down and away from you. This makes miniature shelves on which the plaster is given support and greatly assists the plasterer in doing a good job. In starting the lath at the top of the room and working down, lap lower sheet over sheet above, not less than 54 in. in the case of flat lath. When rib laths are used, merely nest the outside ribs. This manner of lapping the lower sheet over the upper prevents catching of the trowel when the plasterer works his trowel upwards. Ends of sheets should be lapped only over sup- ports and the lap should be not less than 1 in. Adjacent sheets of lath should be wired to- gether once between supports to prevent bulging and to stiffen under the trowel. Where METAL lath is not used throughout Corna lath should be applied to all inside vertical corners and into the corners between ceilings and partitions over ordinary lathing bases, to reinforce against corner cracks. This is particularly im- portant where masonry and stud walls join. Attach -secure// to ony type o / f/oor cons f rue f /on - tlongers /V&3 golr wire -(/'* /%’ f/ot or f $ m//d steet, (spaced not to exceed! d-o'c toe m eoch direction ~ three trvtsfs "tno trv/s! Furring channe/s wired to runners by J turn . ot /Va/6 ga/yanized annealed tv ire . '// 'Runner channels minimum of .442/6., not to exce ed 4-o“ c to c. v Minimum weight of /at h J/b wired 6" c toe by /Qgo. ga/y annea/ed tv/ re. Furrmg channe/s- minimum 276//x///$ centers for J/b. f/af expanded me/a/ lath, or /S$ center# for J 4 /b. f/ot /ath, or 2.4* centers for 3 ib rib / ath , and JO 'centers for 3 S/d rib /ath. Minimum Requirements for Suspended Ceilings. START APPLY" i NG METAL LATH AT ONE END OF CEILING, ALLOWING 6 ' CARRIED DOWN ON WALL. WORK DOWN ON WALLS. BE SURE LAPS ARE OVER Supports. Figures Indicate Order of Application of Sheets 1 12 o Weights ami Styles of Metal Lath Recommended for Different Construction Purposes FOR SOLID OR DOUBLE PLASTER OR CEMENT PARTITIONS Spacing of Supports Type of Lath 12 in. c-c 2.2 lb. Kno-Burn 16 in. c-c 2.5 lb. Kno-Burn 1914 in. c-c 3.4 lb. Plasta-Saver 24 in. c-c 3.0 lb. Longspan 30 in. c-c 3.5 lb. Longspan 36 in. c-c 4.0 lb. Longspan FOR INTERIOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS ON WOOD STUDS 16 in. c-c 2.5 lb. Kno-Burn 1 9 14 in. c-c 3.4 lb. Plasta-Saver 24 in. c-c 3.0 lb. Longspan FOR CEILINGS ON WOOD JOISTS 16 in. c-c 3.0 lb. Kno-Burn 19 14 in. c-c 3.4 lb. Plasta-Saver 24 in. c-c 3.5 lb. Longspan FOR CEILINGS SUSPENDED MORE THAN 6 IN. BELOW SUPPORTS 12 in. c-c 3.0 lb. Kno-Burn 16 in. c-c 3.4 lb. Kno-Burn 19J4 in. c-c 3.0 lb. Longspan 19*4 in. c-c 3.4 lb. Plasta-Saver 24 in. c-c 3.5 lb. Longspan 30 in. c-c 4.0 lb. Longspan FOR EXTERIOR STUCCO 16 in. c-c 3.4 lb. 20th Century FOR ATTACHED CEILINGS OR CEILINGS SUSPENDED LESS THAN 6 IN. BELOW SUPPORTS Spacing of Supports 12 in. c-c 16 in. c-c Type of Lath 3.0 lb. Kno-Burn 3.4 lb. Kno-Burn 19*4 in. c-c 3.0 lb. Longspan 1954 in. c-c 3.4 lb. Plasta-Saver 24 in. c-c 3.5 lb. Longspan 30 in. c-c 4.0 lb. Longspan FOR FLOORS OVER STEEL LUMBER JOISTS 12 in. c-c 3.0 lb. Kno-Burn 16 in. c-c 3.4 lb. Kno-Burn 19*4 in. c-c 3.5 lb. Longspan 24 in. c-c 4.0 lb. Longspan FOR CEILINGS UNDER STEEL LUMBER JOISTS 12 in. c-c 3.0 lb. Kno-Burn 16 in. c-c 3.4 lb. Kno-Burn 19*4 in. c-c 3.0 lb. Longspan 19*4 in- c-c 3.4 lb. Plasta-Saver 24 in. c-c 3.5 lb. Longspan 30 in. c-c 4.0 lb. Longspan FOR WALL FURRING 12 in. c-c 2.2 lb. Kno-Burn 16 in. c-c 2.5 lb. Kno-Burn 19*4 in. c-c 3.4 lb. Plasta-Saver 24 in. c-c 3.0 lb. Longspan 30 in. c-c 3.5 lb. Longspan 36 in. c-c 4.0 lb. Longspan 113 o Sw/tch Box set on Channe/ s/de of Partition ^Switch hat let on ( loth s/de of Partition {-2* Solid P/as fer s' ^ ^ — - /let a/ Lot/') ' aJ o f . j rfe''>fe^--4^TK'. 1 /Tx Deep t ■{«. - LVEAr y> ■ f Me fa/ Lafh Wired To -fy* Channels ^ No/e Sr* I fen 3ore dose- ConcncN S'ch Method or Installing case Teceplacl e TCP Lie tal Lath Pa an tion. For Alternole const vchon set no/e tr. '«// Fireproofing of Sleel Beams Under Concrete Floors. Detailed Specifications for Any Type of Metal Lath Construction Furnished on Request Samples, Prices or Information Gladly Supplied Typical Electrical Installations in 2-Inch Solid Metal Lath Parti- lions. Showing Use of Special Shallow Switch Boxes and Other Devices. 114 © \ NEW STUCCO FINISHES f Stucco, properly mixed and applied, should last indefinitely. It is the most flexible of any form of exterior finish and one of the most economical. A wide variety of colors can be secured with colored aggregates or mineral pigments. And a few of the many charming finishes are here shown. English Greek Italian Cottage California French Trowel NOTE THE KEY The plaster curls over and around the strands, as- suring perfect embedment of the steel. Lath and plaster are “locked.” Stucco, with its almost limitless textural and color possibilities, is the most adaptable of all forms of exterior finish — and perhaps the most universally appealing. Stucco is economical. It is adapted to every climate, practically all architectural periods, and it gives endless scope for individual preferences and the harmonizing of the dwelling with its topo- graphic setting. It is attractive, either unadorned, combined with the English half-timbered effects or embellished thru the judicious use of colored tiles or wrought iron work. When the work is properly done over a steel base, which supplies the necessary reinforcing, stucco retains its beauty and firm, smooth surface thru the years, as can be proven by the many old stucco houses — the charm of which is as great as when erected several generations ago. RECOMMENDED Do not use a lighter stucco base than CORRU- GATED weighing 3.4 pounds per square yard. Keep lath protected from elements or moisture until ready to use. Avoid “skimped” coats of plaster. (Not less than a total of Y\ inch [or for back plastering 1 / inches] is necessary for proper em- bedment of lath.) BACK PLASTERED METAL LATH WALLS REQUIRE NO SHEATHING This type of stucco construction, so heartily en- dorsed by the Bureau of Standards as a result of its exhaustive tests, is probably the least expensive and most satisfactory type of permanent stucco construction. Studs are erected as usual, but sheathing is omitted. Metal lath is attached at once to studs by metal furring strips. The first exterior stucco coat is applied as usual. The work- man then plasters the inside of the metal lath, be- tween the studs, before the inner lath is applied. The studs are braced laterally against movement, | thus reinforcing the whole structure. Back plastering, or this monolithic coat of ce- ment and steel, is far stronger than sheathing, is cool in summer, warm in winter and highly FIRE ! RESISTIVE— an important factor in sections where fire fighting facilities are deficient. It is also sanitary and vermin-proof. SPECIFICATIONS Stucco should not be run to grade. Over-hanging roofs or projections are desirable since it is essen- > tial to keep water from getting behind the stucco. , Use a mix not richer than 1 to 4 for finish coat and 1 to 3 proportions for scratch and brown coats. Be careful to keep newly finished stucco surface moist to avoid hair cracks. 115 KNO-BURN METAL LATH Very economical because of the small size of the mesh which prevents waste of plaster. Perfect keying. Easily bent, cut and shaped. Firm, smooth surface assures maximum “coverage.” Furnished painted in standard steel. Furnished in following weights: Black painted, 2.2, 2.5, 3.4 lb. Copper alloy, red painted, 2.5, 3.4 lb. Galvanized common, 2.5, 3.4 lb. Gohi pure iron, painted, 3.4 lb. Weight Square Yard, Lbs. 3.4 2.5 2.2 Bundle, Lbs. 54.4 40.0 35.2 Sheets 24x96 inches. Packed 9 Sheets (16 yards) to bundle. 20TH CENTURY LATH Cut from copper bearing sheet, hence, particularly recom- mended for work exposed to dampness or for use with patent plasters. The small diamond mesh bonds perfectly and saves waste of plaster. Made in the Kno-Burn mesh. Furnished painted. Weight Square Yard, Lbs. Bundle, Lbs. 3.4 54.4 2.5 40.0 Sheets 24x96 inches. Packed 9 Sheets (16 yards) to bundle. NEW CORRUGATED LATH A very satisfactory self-furring lath for stucco, overcoating, etc. The open meshed corrugations inch deep which act as furring strips are placed 1*4 inches apart and run lengthwise of sheet. Furnished in the Kno-Burn mesh and in the same weights. Painted, cut from pure iron, copper bearing or gal- vanized sheet. FLAT RIB “PLASTA-SAVER” METAL LATH The new four-way alternating rib plaster saving lath for which there has been so wide a demand. The *4 inch stiffening ribs connected by sections of diamond shape mesh alternately face either way, making either side the right side. Besides being exceedingly economical of mortar, PLASTA-SAVER can be used either side out — just as the lather picks it up — saving consider- able time in erection and making it virtually “fool-proof.” PLASTA SAVER is perfect keying — easy on the hands. Weight per square yard 3.4 lbs. Sheets 24x96 inches. Width of sections from center to center of ribs 1.2 inches. y 8 INCH U-RIB LONG-SPAN METAL LATH For ceilings, walls, partitions, stucco, etc. A 34 inch U-Rib self-furring lath permitting wide spacing and saving channels and wiring. Provides a perfect “key” for the plaster and a rigid working surface. No waste for side laps. U-Ribs nest perfectly and facilitate splicing. Sheets 2x8 feet. Painted. Packed 9 sheets to bundle. Shipped uncrated. Weight per square yard, 3.5 lbs. Weight per bundle, 56 lbs. 116 o Zone Map on which prices are based ZONE A — In addition to states shown, includes Duluth, Minneapolis, and St. Paul, Minn., also all towns on the West and East Bank of the Mississippi River down to the Arkansas-Tennessee line. ZONE B — In addition to the states shown, includes all large cities on the West Bank of the Mis- souri River in Nebraska and Kansas, also Sioux Falls, So. Dak. ZONE C-D — Includes all cities on the East and West Bank of the Mississippi River in Louisiana. Does not include large cities on the West Bank of the Missouri River in Nebraska and Kansas, nor Sioux Falls, So. Dak. ZONE H — In addition to the states shown, includes all of the State of Washington East of the Columbia River. Delivered prices per square yard Zones A B D E H j Minn. Mont. Wis. Iowa S. D. N. D. Wyo. 2.2 lb. Painted, full weight 2.5 lb. Painted, full weight 3.4 lb. Painted, full weight For Corrugated Lath No extra charge !i For “COPPER ALLOY” — 20th Century Lath Add lc per sq. yd. For “GOHI” Pure Iron Lath, full weight, 3.4 lb Add 3c per sq. yd. 1 For Hot Galvanized Before Cutting: Full weight Lath, 2.5 and 3.4 lb Add per sq. yd. I NOTE — Delivered prices on Metal Lath apply on shipments of 100 sq. yds. or more. Less than 100 sq. yds. take Zone B prices f. o. b. St. Paul. COPPER ALLOY (Painted Red) CORRUGATED EXPANDED METAL LATH A Superior, Self-Furring Expanded Metal Lath Cut from Copper Alloy Black Sheet Steel, dipped in red metallic paint after forming. Highly Recommended as a Base for Stucco and Other Plastering Work Wherein Permanence and Resistance to Climatic Conditions are Important. 117 o The unsightly corner cracks, found in so many wood-lathed buildings, not only spoil the appear- ance of the room but constitute a real fire hazard. Prevent them by using CORNA-LATH, a 3x3 “L” or sharp, true angle formed of Expanded Metal Lath, cut in 8 ft. lengths. This reinforces plaster- ing where the strain is greatest, tending to assure permanently firm, crack-free corners. METHOD OF APPLYING Apply CORNA-LATH to all inside vertical corners of wood lathed buildings. Also into cor- ners where wall and ceilings intersect (this is par- ticularly important where masonry and stud walls join). Adjust CORNA-LATH in place with a light tap of the hammer and fasten with ordinary lath nails or staples. CORNA-LATH adds so little to the cost that you can well afford to utilize its advantages even in the most moderate priced building. AN AID TO GOOD WORK The sharp true angles of CORNA-LATH are so much more rapidly placed and plastered and con- tribute so much to a neater job that after you have once used CORNA-LATH you will never again be satisfied with the clumsy, inaccurate home-made “cornerites” cut and bent on the job. CAREFULLY PACKED FOR SHIPMENT CORNA-LATH is carefully crated so as to reach the job in first class condition — straight and free from dents. Packed 100 eight-foot pieces (4 bdls. of 25 pieces) to crate. Weight, per crate (800 lin. ft.,) approximately 140 lbs. ORDER YOUR SUPPLY NOW! Made from 2.5 lb. Kno-Burn Lath, in Black painted and Galvanized 118 AliMT PAUL COE1RUOATMG CO. PROTEX BEAD Sets a New Corner Bead Standard Remarkable Rigidity Wide Fastening Surface Ease and Speed of Erection Notice the strong plaster key and the way the plaster forms all around and back of the nose. A REINFORCED PROTECTED CORNER Architects, builders and owners have long been looking for a corner bead that would not only protect the corner but reinforce it as well. Protext bead definitely reinforces the corner and actually produces a stronger plastered surface there than anywhere else in the wall. The wide wings with their spe- cially twisted strands produce strong, well- formed keys of plaster entirely surrounding the nose. RIGID CROSSWISE, LENGTHWISE Protex Bead is rigid lengthwise of the strip as well as crosswise. The wide wings always remain at the proper angle to the nose. The nose is as true as a die with neither up-and- down curves nor in-and-out waves. This unusual rigidity is a decided advantage on the job — and off the job as well. The bead A sample will show you, at once, that here at last is the expanded bead you’ve always wanted. will stand handling in warehouse and deliv- ery even though removed from the crate. WIDE FASTENING SURFACE The wide wings — 3 inches from center of nose to outside of wings — make it easy to fasten Protex bead on any kind of a ground without the use of clips. Simply anchor the bead at the most convenient points. The rib down the center of each wing, together with the outside ribs, gives such great rigidity that a man can place a length of Protex Bead against a corner without any possibility of the bead buckling or twisting. Protex Bead is manufactured from tight- coated, galvanized sheets furnished in stock lengths, 6 ft., 7 ft., 8 ft., 9 ft., 10 ft. and 12 ft. Shinned in crates, 75 pieces to the crate, re- gardless of length. Approximate weight ex- clusive of crate, 225 pounds per thousand feet. AT1MG CO, •AIBUT PAUL “PRUDEN” Outside Corner Bead PLASTER CORNER READ Makes a Perfect and Permanent Plaster Corner a Reality. “ Pruden’s” Square nose of outside Cor- ner Bead with undercut makes straight square corner, holds plaster firmly and pre- vents knocking off. Saves labor of making straight plaster Corner and gives a definite line to work from. Inside Corner Bead should be used on all inside Corners as well as around the room at ceiling line as it will prevent the crack- ing of plaster. In erecting, nail Ends first, the Center next and then follow with the nailing of all intermediate points. To cut, snip the flanges and break bead; to fit around arches, snip flanges and bend bead to fit. Made of No. 26 gauge galvanized steel in 6, 8, 9 and 10 foot lengths. Weight per 100 lineal feet, 20 pounds. List price per 100 lineal feet in any quantity, f. o. b. St. Paul $5.00 r “PRUDEN” Inside Corner Bead “St. Paul” Corner Bead is made from No. 26 gauge gal- vanized steel, in 8 and 10-ft. lengths. “ST. PAUL” OUTSIDE CORNER BEAD “St. Paul” Corner Bead is crated in 500 and 1000-ft. lots to the crate and weighs 220 lbs. per 1000 ft. crated. BASE SCREED Galvanized, 26 gauge, 10 ft. lengths. BASE GROUNDS Galv., 26 gauge (for 1(4 in- grounds), 10 ft. lengths. BULL NOSE BEAD Galvanized, 26 gauge, 10 ft. lengths. PICTURE MOLD Galvanized, 26 gauge, 10 ft. lengths. BUILDING SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES COLD ROLLED CHANNELS Furnished in the Following Stock Sizes and Lengths: Weight, per Size 3/4 inch 1 inch 1(4 inch 2 inch Lengths, Feet 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 16, 18, 20, 1M Lineal Ft. 276 lbs. 332 lbs. 456 lbs. 580 lbs. 22 ft. lengths on special order. Combine Strength with Light Weight. Manufactured from 16 gauge cold rolled open hearth steel strips. Their strength, light weight (saving freight and trucking charges), and the ease with which they can be erected or formed to any special shape required, commend them to builders. Channels are square and straight, free from curl or twist, and are readily spliced by merely interlocking flanges. The ■(4-inch perpendicular legs strengthen and supply greater rigidity to the channel. 1(4 inch and 2 inch Channels are packed 10 pieces to bundle. The (4 inch and 1 inch sizes are packed 20 pieces to bundle. Screeds and Grounds make a perfect joint between the concrete base and the plaster wall. They establish a definite line for concrete work- ers and plasterers to work from and leave a smoothly finished surface. Save labor, — prevent cracks where plaster and concrete meet and are inexpensive. 120 “ST. PAUL” BRICK BONDS Made of Heavy Galvanized Steel Q Note particularly the straight edges which add greatly to the tensile strength of the Brick Bond and prevent the corrugations from flattening or pulling out even under exces- sive strain. Note also the large binding surface which grips the mortar firmly and will hold it tightly on both sides. n n i n ii n m i n 1 1 1 n Brick Bond For bonding face and common brick. Size 724x54 inches. No. 124 — No. 24 gauge; weight boxed, 40 lbs. Price, per 1,000 $3.00 No. 120 — No. 20 gauge, weight boxed, 58 lbs. Price, per 1,000 3.50 Veneering Brick Bond For bonding brick veneering to wood sheathing. Size 6x§4 inches. No. 224 — No. 24 gauge; weight boxed, 35 lbs. Price, per 1,000 $3.50 No. 220 — No. 20 gauge; weight boxed, 50 lbs. Price, per 1,000 4.00 “St. Paul” Brick Bonds are packed in strong boxes containing 1,000 Bonds each. They are not bundled or shipped loose in kegs or barrels. When less than 1,000 are wanted we reserve the right to increase the price to cover additional cost of handling and to add for re- boxing. “St. Paul” Brick Bonds save labor because no clipping of brick is necessary for con- cealed headers. When used with end headers they save material as a smaller number of face brick are necessary. In both cases they save time and assure the contractor of a safe and substantial wall. Illustrating Use of Brick Bonds The usual requirements are at least one Bond on each brick in the binding courses, and binding courses to be not less than one in each six courses thus making 1,000 Bonds suffi- cient for 6,000 face brick. On account of their low cost is pays to use them liberally. 121 Why we suggest “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” culverts for the Highways in your Community Members of the township boards are familiar with the road drainage problems of their respective townships; they hear the suggestions — sometimes they are complaints or criti- cisms — of the residents, the road users. They want the best roads possible. We have been thirty-five years in the successful manufacture of various lines of sheet metal products. Before we became authorized representatives for the entire Northwest of “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” culverts we investigated with extreme care the merits of the various types of corrugated pipe. The superiority of corrugated “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” culverts over vit- • rified clay pipe, concrete pipe and cast-iron pipe is best known by the constantly increasing use of this type of culvert on jobs where formerly the other types were used. The vitrified pipe and concrete pipe are hard to install on account of their great weight; they are fragile, l comparatively speaking, and considerable loss in breakage has to be figured against them; they have, obviously, practically no elasticity, and their resistance to vibration, the hard, i ceaseless pounding of heavy traffic, is much less. Cast iron pipe is not only more costly to buy than corrugated metal, but it also is more costly to install because of its excessive weight; on county road construction it is out of the question. “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” Culvert sunk in County Road Hard service demanded from culvert in road of this type “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” culverts, round riveted full circle construction, are made up in multiples of two feet in any desired length. Connecting bands are furnished free for such lengths as may be too long to ship or handle easily — that is an important point for dealers and township board members to consider. “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” culverts are the ideal type of culvert pipe to use on any work where a reasonably priced, permanent drainage is required. Send us your order now. Prompt delivery. The taxpayers tell them (as though they did not already know), about the chuck holes, the “low places” the boggy spots that become more aggravating, both to the road user and the township board member, every season. They naturally want good drainage; they want culverts that “stand up"; that do the business. Our “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” culverts— 99.875% pure iron with copper alloy— will give them this service. They are approved by the State highway depart- ments; they are, without exaggeration the last word in rust resisting material and skilled workmanship. S A HINT PAUL COSSRtJGATlMG CO, We are Authorized Representatives in the Entire Northwest for “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” Culverts OUR AUTHORITY (Original letter on file in St. Paul Corrugating Co. Office.) To whom it may concern: This letter it written for the purpose of notifying the pur- chasers of Galvanized Corrugated Culverts that the St. Paul Corrugating Co. of St. Paul, Minn., has arranged with our company, the Newport Rolling Mill Co., for the use of our •GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” (99.875% pure iron copper alloy sheets), in the manufacture of Corrugated Metal Culverts, and is authorized to offer Corrugated Culverts manu- factured from our “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” pure iron copper alloy sheets in the states of Minnesota, North and South Dakota, and Montana. Our “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” sheets for cul- vert work as furnished to the St. Paul Corrugating Co., of St. Paul are prepared for that company with not less than 2 ounces of spelter coating per square foot. “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” pure iron copper alloy sheet analysis shows that the impurities are eliminated until they do not exceed .125% in the aggregate, that is, car- bon. manganese, phosphorus, sulphur, silicon, oxygen, hydro- gen, nitrogen, and containing not less than .20% of copper. NEWPORT ROLLING MILL CO., (Signed) Frank A. Moeschl. Vice Pres, in charge of sales. CERTIFIED ANALYSIS (Original on file in St. Paul Corrugating Co. Office.) We, the Newport Rolling Mill Company of New- port, Ky., manufacturers of “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON,, will furnish “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” sheets complying with the fol- lowing analysis on your standard specifications for Class “A” base metal for corrugated metal culvert pipe. Carbon, not exceeding 015 Manganese, not exceeding..... 025 Sulphur, not exceeding .035 Phosphorus, not exceeding 006 Silicon, not exceeding 005 Variation not to exceed .04 of 1 per cent in amount of impurities is to be allowed covering the recognized analytical variations between expert chemists. Copper contained in “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” will show approximately .2 to .25 and not over .3 of 1 per cent. NEWPORT ROLLING MILL COMPANY, By Jos. Gaff Andrews, Secretary. (Notary public’s acknowledgement and seal.) GOHI, a coined word formed by taking the first letters of the words “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON.” When you specify GOHI you are assured of getting a Pure Iron Copper Alloy sheet metal that possesses lasting and rust-resisting qualities. This Trade-Mark on every sheet of GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON has been the guide for years to the discriminating buyer of sheet metal who required a product that was workable as well as rust-resisting. Look for this mark. It is sold entirely on its merits and in no other way. GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON is the Best by any and Every Test. WHAT GOHI MEANS GOHI is the abbreviated form used in speaking of Genuine Open Hearth Iron, a Pure Iron-Copper Alloy. GOHI has been on the market for years, giving unexcelled service at minimum cost. If you want a serviceable sheet metal, one that possesses good working qualities and will give years of serv- ice and is rust-resisting, specify GOHI. 123 o note the dry road bed with CUL- VERT IN OPERATION Installation Is Easy PURE IRON “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON,” the mate- rial in “St. Paul Class A” Culverts, is the result of j many years of experimenting in an effort to pro- duce a sheet metal that would be more resistant to rust and corrosion. The “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” has had all impurities elimi- nated to an extent not usually reached in any other grade of pure iron. In eliminating these impuri- ties, great care is used in the selection of raw materials with which the furnaces are charged, and very careful heat treatment is given. The pouring of the ingot, the heat control in the soaking pits, the slower method of reducing the ingot to sheet bars through the blooming mills to prevent unnecessary torture and strain; the slower process of rolling the sheet bars into sheets; the extremely careful application of heat in the an- nealing furnace to overcome any evil effects of Carload of “GOHI” Pure Iron Culverts rolling; these and many other important details not only increase the life of the iron sheet, but also increase cost of production. Do not accept a substitute. “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” Culverts are worth the reason- able price that their high quality merits. NOTE — A new trademark name “Gohi” has been devised by the Newport Rolling Mill Co. However the material “ Genuine Open Hearth Iron" is the same, whether it bears the trademark that has been in general use or the new one. COPPER ALLOY “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” Cul- verts, the “St. Paul Class A” Culverts, contain not less than twenty one-hundredths of 1 per cent cop- per. Copper is used for this reason: Metallur- gists will tell you that even sheet steels are bene- fited by the alloying of a small percentage of cop- per; therefore there is no doubt that this same alloying of copper with extremely pure iron at the mills of the Newport Rolling Mill Co. gives a sheet metal highly resistant to rust and corrosion. Copper could be left out and thousands of dol- lars saved annually, but it is not the desire of the manufacturers of “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” to save money and sacrifice quality. To emphasize the manufacturers’ sincerity in the mat- ter, attention is called to the fact that up to Janu- ary 1, 1916, the copper content in “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” was not less than fif- teen one-hundredths of 1 per cent. Service tests made by their research laboratories showed that a little more copper would be still more beneficial; hence since January 1, 1916, all “GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON” (note the trademark stamped on every two-foot length) shows not less than twenty one-hundredths of 1 per cent copper. This is the percentage of copper in the “St. Paul Class A” Culverts which the ST. PAUL CORRUGATING CO., is supplying to the Northwest trade. for F. W. Duncanson, Winnebago, Minn. Whether a section or a carload, we are prepared to give our customers prompt service and depend- able quality in “Pure Iron,” "Coppered Iron” and “Copper Alloy” Steel. 124 AS1NT PAUL COEMJGATSMG CO. Every user of Culverts and Sheet Metal Build- ing Material, should investigate and learn of the superior rust-resisting and lasting qualities of GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON over other Iron and Steel formed products. GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON contains of impurities, namely: Carbon, Manganese, Sulphur, Phosphorous and Silicon, a total of only .035 of 1% to .125 of 1%, or approximately not exceeding Y & of 1 ( /c. Steel contains at least ten times this amount of impurities, and is consequently inferior in lasting qualities, as these impurities are danger- ous rust and corrosion agents. GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON is abso- lutely uniform in quality, being manufactured from the highest grade of selected materials, assuring the desired results; that is — the Best Rust-Resist- ing Metal for any and all conditions. It is a well-known fact that impurities in Iron and Steel hasten and aid corrosion. (See U. S. Dept, of Agriculture, Bulletin No. 239 and other Reports.) GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON contains less impurities or corrosion agents than other iron, and far less than any steel. It conforms to the theories of noted metallur- gical authorities as to what a superior rust-resisting metal should be — A PURE IRON COPPER ALLOY. GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON value as a rust-resisting metal has been tested and approved by the leading Engineers, Architects, and the United States Government. It will give longer life, and is MORE DUR- ABLE than re-worked Muck Bar, Charcoal Iron, Steel, or other Iron Sheet Metal. On account of its superior working qualities, labor costs are reduced and are actually less than in working up Steel or other Iron Sheets. Lasting qualities considered, it makes the cost cheaper than any other Sheet Metal Building | Material you can use. It means economy and sat- isfaction. If you use GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON I Sheet Metal Products, you will avoid the replacing of your Sheet Metal work every few years, as GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON will last for an indefinite period under any ordinary conditions. I GENUINE OPEN HEARTH IRON is manu- factured by a firm whose reputation for Sterling Products has long been established. Installed in 1914 “Good as New” The picture to the right shows a bat- tery of two 42-inch diameter, 12 gauge, “G enuine Open Hearth Iron” cul- verts installed by the Linnville River railway in 1914. To- day they aoparently are as good as the day they left the factory, 13 years ago. ijj I o Delivered List Prices to Dealers on Corrugated Culverts All Grades Carry 2-ounce Coating. Prices Include End Reinforcing and Connecting Bands. All Prices Are Per Lineal Foot. Mini nesota and Wisconsin North and South (East of Missouri Dakota River) Class A Class B Class C Class A Class B Class C Size Gauge Coppered Coppered Coppered Coppered Weight “Pure Iron" Iron Steel "Pure Iron ” Iron Steel 9 16 8 $1.60 $1.36 $1.28 $1.66 $1.46 $1.34 10 16 9 1.72 1.48 1.42 1.78 1.54 1.46 12 16 10** 2.06 1.74 1.68 2.16 1.80 1.74 15 16 13** 2.52 2.14 2.04 2.64 2.18 2.10 18 16 15** 2.98 2.54 2.42 3.18 2.64 2.56 20 16 171/2 3.26 2.78 2.66 3.52 2.90 2.78 24 16 21 3.86 3.28 3.16 4.20 3.42 3.28 24 14 25** 4.62 3.94 3.78 5.06 4.14 3.92 30 14 31** 5.80 4.94 4.74 6.46 5.42 4.90 36 14 39 6.94 5.92 5.66 7.46 6.74 6.02 36 12 52 9.50 8.44 7.76 10.52 9.30 8.24 42 14 42** 8.92 7.60 7.26 9.94 8.54 7.40 42 12 60 11.10 9.46 9.04 12.30 10.90 9.34 48 14 49 9.54 8.12 7.78 10.34 9.58 8.50 48 12 69 13.10 11.16 10.68 14.26 12.80 12.00 60 12 86 16.18 13.78 13.20 17.38 15.58 14.92 60 10 108 20.12 17.14 16.66 21.60 19.38 18.82 72 12 103 19.28 16.42 15.74 20.70 18.56 17.78 72 10 131 23.98 20.42 19.82 25.76 23.08 22.42 GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT SHIPPING CULVERT PIPE Maximum Culvert Loading Lengths for less than carload shipments: 9 in. to 15 in. diameter, inclusive 22 ft. 18 in. to 24 in. diameter, inclusive 20 ft. 30 in. diameter 18 ft. 36 in. diameter 14 ft. 42 in. diameter 12 ft. 48 in. diameter 12 ft. 60 in. diameter 10 ft. 72 in. diameter 6 ft. Orders specifying longer culverts will be shipped in the most convenient loading lengths and neces- sary connecting bands will be furnished free of charge. Orders aggregating 5,000 pounds or more may be loaded on flat-cars and any length up to 40 feet may be then ordered. FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION ON CULVERT PIPE IS AS FOLLOWS: CLASSIFICATION LESS CARLOAD CARLOAD Set up No. 16 gauge and heavier up to 24 inches diameter. Over 24 inches to 48 inches. Over 48 inches diameter. Well Curbing, set up, thinner than No. 16 Corrugated. 2nd Class. Riveted or Set Up. Minimum weight 20,000 lbs., rate all sizes is 4th class. 1st Class. Two times 1st class. Two times 1st class. EXCEPTIONS TO ABOVE CLASSIFICATION ON RIVETED OR SET UP CULVERT PIPE: Shipments made wholly within the State of Minnesota can go at second class rate of freight for all sizes, 9-inch to 72-inch, inclusive. 126 o “St. Paul” Corrugated Well Curbing, will insure a supply of clean water. Dense, smooth sur- face does not allow the growth of rank, green, moss-like vegetation, invariably found clinging to wood curbs. Nothing to absorb mois- ture or allow the growth of disease germs. Much easier to dig in than wood curbing. Corrugations give it great circumferential strength. Guaranteed to successfully with- stand earth pressure, regardless of the composition. Used extensive- ly in quicksand districts. Shipped in convenient sections that are assembled and securely bound together on the job, with 12-inch wide connecting bands. Bands or collars are provided with heavy lugs riveted on outside which are readily drawn up with bolts and nuts and form a tight grip on sections joined. A Carload of St. Paul Well Curbing consigned to J. Borgerding Company, Melrose, Minnesota. Rivets in curbing are located in valleys or depressions of inside diameter. No projecting heads to tear clothing or cause injury to one descending or coming up. “St. Paul” Well Curbings are made from No. 20 gauge galvanized special analysis Copper Alloy steel. Guaranteed not to peel or crack in forming. Copper added to base plate in the rolling, while yet hot, makes it rust resisting in a high degree; base plates are then galvanized with a heavy coating of prime, first-run spelter. Use and recommend “St. Paul” corrugated well curbings to trade. They represent full value and will give years of satisfactory service. GALVANIZED COPPER-ALLOY CORRUGATED RIVETED WELL CURBING List Prices, per Foot, F. O. B. St. Paul. i Copper Bearing Steel, Size Weight, per Foot No. 20 gauge, per ft. il 10 inches 6 pounds $1.06 12 inches 7 pounds 1.22 15 inches 8}4 pounds 1.48 18 inches 10^2 pounds 1.86 20 inches 12 pounds 2.12 24 inches 1314 pounds 2.36 30 inches 17 pounds 3.00 36 inches 20^4 pounds 3.62 42 inches 24 pounds 4.22 48 inches 27 pounds 4.76 PRICES INCLUDE CONNECTING BANDS. Made also of “GOHI” Pure Iron. Ask for Discount. 127 o Steel Buildings Combine Stability and Low Cost “PRUDEN SYSTEM” Steel Buildings were developed a number of years ago to meet an increasing 1 demand for a light, inexpensive, fire-proof construction. Thousands of these buildings are now in use I in this and foreign countries and their number is being increased every day. Where durability, low cost, | appearance and portability are elements to be considered these buildings present an unusual value. Entire construction is fire-proof. Roofing and siding are made of special analysis galvanized copper alloy steel sheets, superior in every feature, or for any use, to the ordinary galvanized steel sheets. Tight coating of spelter prevents peeling in manufacture and expos- ing of black base plate, and copper mixture rolled into base plate adds years of service that ordinary steel cannot give. All roofing and siding is made in 2-foot wide sections or panels. A Money-Making Group of Pruden System Garages Doors have wood cores, carefully fitted and nailed. Steel covers both sides and is locked at edges. Water cannot enter anywhere to cause warping, twisting or decay. Hinges are sherardized and will not rust. Single doors are regu- larly glazed with DSA glass, and double doors are furnished with 54-inch wire glass. Single doors are fitted with knob locks and double doors have a 3-point bar lock operated with a handle located outside. Cylinder locks can be added at small extra cost. Insulation and lining can be add- ed to any ‘‘PRUDEN SYSTEM” building. Sketch illustrating how this is done is shown elsewhere in this section. Any standard insula- tion material and wall board can be used. Prices Quoted never include in- sulation, lining and furring unless specifically mentioned. Garages, while illustrated in singles and doubles, can be made with any number of stalls, depend- ing upon ground space available. Standard garages are 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 and 20-ft. wide by any length in 2-ft units. Filling stations and other standard buildings are sup- plied in similar sizes. Standard heights are 8, 9 and 10-ft. Trusses, cross-ties, binding rods, plates and other reinforcing members are formed from heavy galvanized steel or black rolled LARGE INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS. shapes depending upon the size of the structure and the weight such members must sustain. Windows are formed of galvanized steel and glazed with 54-inch wire glass for garages or double strength “A” glass for filling sta- tions unless otherwise ordered. Top hinged windows, with 54-inch wire glass are the common type for garages. Casement windows, in singles, doubles, and triples, with DSA glass, are regularly furnished with filling stations. Types of windows and kinds of glass can be changed if desired. Factories and other industrial buildings wider than 20-ft. have recently been added to our line of fire-proof, portable, all-steel build- ings. Separate circular will be fur- nished upon request. Plans and estimates to any interested party without charge. Complete erecting plans and de- tails with every building. Erecting expert to supervise work on large buildings will be furnished when desired, at reason- able extra cost. 128 Standard Equipment of No. Pl-1 Garage Building One Pair No. 4 Double Doors, 95x92}4 inches, with center bar locking device. Two Wire Glass Lights in Stationary Frames. 20x26 inches. One Gable Ventilator. Three Side and Four Corner Shelves with brackets. Two Ornamental Roof Terminals. Bolts. Nuts. Angles, etc., for erecting the building. Floor, Insulation and Lining are not included. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul, Minn., including above equipment, on request. Size Wt lbs. Size Wt., lbs. 10x12x8 ft. high. 1350 10x16x8 ft. high. 1550 10x14x8 ft. high. 1450 10x18x8 ft. high. 1650 10x20x8 ft. high. 1750 No. Pl-1— GABLE ROOF ONE-CAR GARAGE No. Bl-2— GABLE ROOF ONE-CAR GARAGE Standard Equipment of No. Bl-2 Garage Building One Pair No. 4 Double Doors, 95x92^4 inches, with center bar locking device. One No. 04 Wire Glass Window, 24x48 inches, top hinged, including bar lock. One Ventilator in Rear Gable. Three Side and Four Corner Shelves with brackets. All Bolts. Nuts, Rods, Angles, etc., for erect- ing the building. Floor, Insulation and Lining are not included. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul, Minn., including above equipment, on request. Size Wt„ lbs. 10x12x8 ft. high, 1600 10x14x8 ft. high, 1750 10x16x8 ft. high, 1900 10x18x8 ft. high, 2050 10x20x8 ft. high, 2210 12x14x8 ft. high, 1800 12x16x8 ft. high, 2000 Size Wt„ lbs. 12x18x8 ft. high, 2200 12x20x8 ft. high, 2400 12x22x8 ft. high, 2600 14x16x8 ft. high, 2325 14x18x8 ft. high, 2500 14x20x8 ft. high, 2660 14x22x8 ft. high, 2875 14x24x8 ft. high, 3000 Standard Equipment of No. Bl-4 Garage Building One Pair No. 4 Double Doors, 95x92^4 inches, 1 with center bar locking device. One No. U2 Single Side Door, 23 inches x 6 feet 6 inches, with lock and hinges com- I plete. Two No. 04 Wire Glass Windows, 24x48 inches, top hinged, including bar lock. Two Ornamental Roof Terminals. One Ventilator in Rear Gable. Three Side and Four Corner Shelves, with brackets. All Bolts, Nuts, Rods, Angles, etc., for erect- , ing the building. Floor, Insulation and Lining are not included. . Prices F. O. B. St. Paul, Minn., including J above equipment, on request. Size Wt„ lbs. 10x12x8 ft. high, 1665 10x14x8 ft. high, 1920 10x16x8 ft. high, 2000 10x18x8 ft. high, 2125 10x20x8 ft. high. 2320 12x14x8 ft. high, 2040 12x16x8 ft. high, 2135 12x18x8 ft. high, 2355 Size Wt., lbs. ' 12x20x8 ft. high, 2S20 12x22x8 ft. high, 2635 14x16x8 ft. high, 2580 14x18x8 ft. high, 2710 14x20x8 ft. high, 2870 14x22x8 ft. high, 3075 14x24x8 ft. high, 3200 No. Bl-4— GABLE ROOF ONE-CAR GARAGE 129 Standard Equipment of No. HB1-2 Garage Building One Pair No. 4 Double Doors, 95x9234 inches, with center bar locking device. One No. 04 Wire Glass Window, 24x48 inches, top hinged, including bar lock. Three Side and Four Corner Shelves with brackets. Two Ornamental Roof Terminals. All Bolts, Nuts, Rods, Angles, etc., for erect- ing the building. Floor, Insulation and Lining are not included. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul, Minn., including above equipment, on request. Size Wt., lbs . 10x12x8 ft. high, 1630 10x14x8 ft. high, 1750 10x16x8 ft. high, 1875 10x18x8 ft. high, 2030 10x20x8 ft. high, 2150 12x14x8 ft. high, 1935 12x16x8 ft. high, 2065 Size Wt., lbs. 12x18x8 ft. high, 2195 12x20x8 ft. high. 2330 12x22x8 ft. high, 2460 14x16x8 ft. high, 2340 14x18x8 ft. high, 2480 14x20x8 ft. high, 2630 14x22x8 ft. high, 2270 14x24x8 ft. high, 2900 No. HB1-2— HIP ROOF ONE-CAR GARAGE Standard Equipment of No. B2-2 Garage Building Two Pair No. 4 Double Doors, each pair 95x92^4 inches with center bar locking de- vice. Two No. 04 Wire Glass Windows, 24x48 inches, top hinged, including bar lock. Three Side and Four Corner Shelves with brackets. One Ventilator in Rear Gable. All Bolts, Nuts. Rods, Angles, etc., for erect- ing the building. Separating Partition. Floor, Insulation and Lining are not included. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul, Minn., including above equipment, on request. Size Wt., lbs. Size Wt.. lbs. 18x16x8 ft. high. 3125 18x18x8 ft. high, 3345 18x20x8 ft. high. 3510 18x22x8 ft. high. 3745 18x24x8 ft. high, 3915 20x18x8 ft. high, 3610 20x20x8 ft. high, 3765 20x22x8 ft. high, 3970 20x24x8 ft. high, 4135 20x26x8 ft. high. 4300 20x28x8 ft. high, 4470 No. B2-2— GABLE ROOF TWO-CAR GARAGE Standard Equipment of No. B2-4 Garage Building Two Pair No. 4 Double Doors, each pair 95x9234 inches, with center bar locking de- vice. One No. U2 Single Side Door. 23 inches x 6 feet 6 inches, with lock and hinges com- plete. Two No. 04 Wire Glass Windows. 24x48 inches, top hinged, including bar lock. One Ventilator in Rear Gable. Two Ornamental Roof Terminals. Three Side and Four Corner Shelves, with brackets. All Bolts. Nuts. Rods. Angles, etc., for erect- ing the building. Separating Partition. Floor, Insulation and Lining are not included. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul, Minn., including above equipment, on request. Size Wt., lbs. 18x16x8 ft. high, 3285 18x18x8 ft. high, 3435 18x20x8 ft. high. 3630 18x22x8 ft. high. 3835 18x24x8 ft. high, 3990 Size Wt., lbs. 20x18x8 ft. high, 3730 20x20x8 ft. high, 3885 20x22x8 ft. high. 4090 20x24x8 ft. high, 4255 20x26x8 ft. high. 4420 20x28x8 ft. high. 4595 130 No. B2-4— GABLE ROOF TWO-CAR GARAGE I’RUDEN Quick-up Service Stations are made of Special Analysis. Copper Alloy, Rust Resisting, Tight Coated, Galvanized Steel Sheets & O x x < 2 00 00 -i w rt- rf * * cr> O' o rt rt 3 CL t\> _ fU 00 CO n *-1 tt ;< o> Cl • - — 3 r . c* o» o 52. M-> ►-*->'0 N rt rt*** a C/2 - K< o vo n — • N M " > ^CTP • • r r oo- rt JO C >5' ~ 3 WMMHo 5'5'5'o a TO (TP TO C n no 2^' y> on” 3 B) BJ O 3 — . CO Cfl DJ an n b ,+ „3 3 2 3- Onn3» O 3 3 n ° ~ "■ 3 to 8j|«; x aa3 a Oio O O'? 2 rt rss : r rt x X 00 ni 3 £; £ a- o °°. °° i, c r I I .'O- oOd| S’ r> ”0 • [— (TO W S) Oi. v> • J3 • C >W ,► 22 1 sr sr o B B “ CO C/1 Cu 3 c- to r H*TO O 3 *"t rt D* JL ffc 3 3 O rt •O ° *< n o Wx : Oq rr o' c (22 o O' rt ?r ? n> ~\ 2 1 yi Si; "2. CO 3 ~ *5' CL a> 3*r cr aq o w 3 o crq o a> n> *1 (0 3* 3) aq 3* OP C/2 n 3 3 0 ^3 o’ 3 131 a o 3^ W «T HA340 Single Drive Canopy Station Made in two Standard Sizes, viz: Overall 16x24 ft. 16x24 ft. Office 10x16 ft. 10x16 ft. Canopy 16x14 ft. 16x14 ft. Equipment items that go with these buildings: 4 Double Casement Windows 48"48 — D. S. A. Glass. 1 Single Casement Window 24''x48" — D. S. A. Glass. 1 Single Casement Window 24"x48" — Opaque Glass. 1 Single Solid Door 24"x6'6” — Knob Lock. Height 1 Single Glass Panel Door 32"x6'6" — Yale Lock. q r t 1 Chimney with double wall stack extending to ceiling. y 1 Sign and Light Reflector. 10 ft. Steel ceiling for canopy; also gutter, pipe, hangers, and fittings. PRUDEN CONSTRUCTION will adapt itself to an endless variety of buildings. If the stock sizes given in this catalog do not suit your ideas or convenience, send us a sketch of what you want and we will gladly quote. OB24 Bulk Station Made in two Standard sizes, viz: 18x24x8 ft. high and 18x24x9 ft. high walls. Equipment items that go with these buildings: 2 Pairs No. 4 Double Doors 95x923^ inches — with center bar locking device. 2 Top hinged wire glass Windows 24"48". 1 Tilting Vent in Gable. HB337 Filling Station Made in two Standard sizes, viz: 10x16 and 10x18 ft. — 8 ft. high walls. Equipment items that go with these buildings: 1 Triple Casement Window 72 "x48" — D. S. A. Glass. 1 Single Casement Window 24"x48" — D. S. A. Glass. 1 Single Casement Window 24 "x48" — Opaque Glass. 1 Single Solid Door 24"x6'6" with Knob Lock. 1 Single Glass Panel Door 32"x6'6" with Yale Lock. 1 Sign and Light Reflector. 1 Chimney with double wall stack extending to ceiling. Also gutter, pipe, hangers and fittings and eaves brackets. Lining, insulation, wood furring extra. 132 HA338 Filling Station Made in two Standard sizes, viz: 14x20 ft. and 14x22 ft. — 9 ft. high walls. Equipment items that go with these buildings: 2 Quadruple Casement Windows 96 "x48"— D. S. A. Glass. 1 Double Casement Window 48"x48” — D. S. A. Glass. 1 Single Casement Window 24"x48"— D. S. A. Glass. 1 Single Casement Window 24"x48"- — Opaque Glass. 1 Pair Double Doors 47"x6'6" — D. S. A. Glass— Yale Lock. 1 Single Solid Door 24"x6 6"— Knob Lock. 1 Chimney with double wall stack extending to ceiling. Also gutter, pipe, hangers, fittings and eaves brack- ets. Lining, insulation and wood furring extra. 32" Single Door can be had in place of doors shown. HA336 Filling Station Made in two Standard sizes, viz: 12x18 and 12x20 ft.— 9 ft. high walls. Equipment items that go with these buildings: 1 Triple Casement Window 72"x48"— D. S. A. Glass. 1 Double Casement Window 48’x48"- — D. S. A. Glass. 1 Single Casement Window 24"x48"-— D. S. A. Glass. 1 Single Casement Window 24"x48 ’— Opaque Glass. 1 Pair Solid Doors 47"x6'6"-— Yale Lock. 1 Single Solid Door 24"x6'6” — Knob Lock. 1 Sign and Light Reflector. 1 Chimney with double wall stack extending to ceiling. Also gutter, pipe, hangers, fittings and eaves brack- ets. Lining, insulation and furring extra. 32" Single Door can be had in place of doors shown. « C400 Pump Canopy Made in 4 sizes: 6x10 ft. 6x14 ft. 6x12 ft. 6x16 ft. The height of the pumps controls the height of each canopy and this height must be given in each case so they can be made to fit. C500 Pump Canopy Made in three sizes: 6x16 ft. 8x16 ft. 10x16 ft. Height of pumps must always be given so factory can determine length of posts. Chicago, 111. “You can do anything with a Pruden building. After one was used nine years by the Standard Oil Company as a storage house, I took it down, moved it several blocks away, added a few of your standard windows and doors, and put it up for a first class filling station.” M. J. Qualey. Minneapolis. Minn. “A Pruden Quick-up Filling Sta- tion enables a man of limited cap- ital to enter the filling station business and make even better per- centages of profit than the “big fellows” who buy their lots, and put up expensive brick and concrete stations.” W . H. Rogers. Albany, N. Y. “A Pruden station is easily and quickly erected and doing business. It can be enlarged, altered or moved with little trouble. Lined with an insulation material and wall board, it is cool in summer, warm in winter, and handsome in- side as well as out.” James N. Kemp Machine Works. 133 An attractive installation consisting of an HB337 10x16x8 ft. Building and two C-500 10x16 ft. Hip Roof Canopies to cover pumps. Many other variations and combinations can be installed which will prove attractive, low in cost and serviceable. Let us quote you our prices and demonstrate the economy in using these buildings. All types of “Pruden” buildings can be made from 10 to 20 ft. wide and in ANY desired length, either 8, 9, 10 or 12 ft. high, using standard 2 ft. w'de units. petroieiii SERVICE CO. I A low cost gasoline and oil service installation. This installation consists of a combination of our regular HB337 10 x 16 x 8 ft. station and a C-400 gable roof pump canopy 6x16 ft. Height of pumps must be given so posts can be made long enough to clear pumps. No. 20, No. 22 and No. 24 gauge galvanized special analysis, copper-alloy, tight coated steel sheets are used in these buildings. For corner and door posts, ridge, gable, eaves pieces, and all reinforcing members No. 20 gauge is used exclusively. Roofs and walls of large buildings are made of No. 22 gauge and small buildings of No. 24 gauge. 134 AMT PAUL COMITUGATraG CO. SUGGESTIONS FOR LINING WALLS AND CEIL- INGS AND BUILDING PARTITIONS WITH , STANDARD INSULATION AND I WALL BOARD The illustration above shows the sidewall and roof con- struction of Pruden Steel buildings and an approved way of lining, insulating, and building partitions. This interior finish resists heat in summer and retains warmth in winter to a surprising degree. It has been de- termined by the United States Bureau of Standards after making careful investigations that such walls hold warmth in winter and keep out summer heat as effectively as a 20" brick wall. This illustration is given here to show the most approved way of finishing the interior of Pruden Quick-up Buildings. Such interior finish is never included in our prices unless specially requested and so stated in our quotation. Material like this can always be bought at home with a saving in freight if not in price. Chimney has double wall from ceiling to roof. This construction carries away ex- cess heat which would otherwise spread under the roof and cause “sweating” in cold weather and besides acts as a venti- lator of the room below. DOORS HAVE WOOD CORES AND ARE ENCASED WITH STEEL. CANNOT BE MORE STURDILY BUILT. Wood core is made of select clear pine, sawed as shown and clout-nailed. Front and back are one-piece locked on edges. No warping of doors or curling of edges. ORNAMENTAL CHIMNEY WITH DOUBLE STACK AND CEIL- ING CONNECTION 135 o Pruden Doors are Built to Last No. 4A Double Doors Equipped with bar lock, and sherardized hinges. Glazed with ^4-inch ribbed wire glass. FIREPROOF DOORS WITH PLENTY OF LIGHT The panel effect on Pruden Doors is en- tirely the product of the embossing hammer. Motddings, panels, stiles are embossed out of one piece of metal. In no other way can a door be made having the strength, beauty and simplicity of these doors. Nos. 4A and 4B Double Doors com- bine all of the important features of most other doors with several more that are strictly original. Galvanized Copper Alloy Steel No. 4A — 95 in. wide by 923,4 in. high. Double glass panel doors $42.00 No. 4B — 108 in. wide by 120 in. high. Double glass panel doors 67.50 If above doors equipped to slide, add for track hangers, etc., $10.00 per pair, including padlock. Cylinder lock for swing doors, $4.00 extra. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul. No. U3 Single Door Equipped with knob lock and sherardized hinges. HAVE EVERY WORTH-WHILE FEATURE IN FIREPROOF DOORS Pruden System Single Doors are made of two pieces of galvanized iron, one for the front and the other for the back to form a covering over the wood core, and these are joined at the outside edge by a slip joint lock securely nailed. The outside metal is deeply embossed to give it the required panel effect, while the inside is crimped to give that finely finished appearance which characterizes all Pruden Doors. Galvanized Copper Alloy Steel No. U2 — 23 in. by 6 ft. 6 in. Single solid door $13.00 No. U3 — 32 in. by 6 ft. 6 in. Single solid door 16.00 No. U4 — 47 in. by 6 ft. 6 in. Single solid door 22.00 No. U2P — 23 in. by 6 ft. 6 in. Single glass panel door 18.00 No. U3P — 32 in. by 6 ft. 6 in. Single glass panel door 20.00 No. U4P — 47 in. by 6 ft. 6 in. Single glass panel door 27.50 Glazed with x /t i n - wire glass. If above doors equipped to slide, add for track, hangers, etc., $6.00 each. Cylinder lock for swing doors, $4 extra. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul. No. U3P Single Door Equipped with knob lock and sherardized hinges. Glazed with % in. ribbed wire glass. 136 METAL COVERED DOORS Designed for and Widely Used in High-Class Buildings Made of Painted and Galvanized Steel or Copper. Prices upon Application. With or without frames. Ap- pearance is most attractive. They can be made absolutely fireproof by using wire glass or metal in- stead of glass panel. Extensively used to make partition walls fire- proof. Doors of any style or size made to order promptly. Can be decorated or painted to harmon- ize with any scheme of decora- tion. Shipped without lock sets and unglazed unless specially ordered. Prices quoted on spe- cial designs. These doors are not only valu- able fire retardants (if fitted with wire glass or metal panels), but they are richly beautiful and can be more perfectly fitted than wood, as they do not shrink or swell. Monogram or coat-of- arms designs to order. Nothing | better for public entrances. Style No. 151 Doors are shipped without lock sets un- less specially ordered, but if desired will put in place lock sets sup- plied us by purchaser. Style No. 140 Style No. 141 Style No. 131 Style No. 150 IN ORDERING Give exact size of door, or of rough open- ing (if you desire frame), with allowance for threshhold, with hand or swing-about hardware, etc., width of 1 frame, style of casing or staff bead. 137 o STANDARD FIREPROOF WINDOWS Approved by the National Board of Fire Underwriters Standard Pivoted Window with Stationary Lower Sash We Can Furnish Any Style of Hollow Steel Windows for Use in Factories, Warehouses or Office Buildings. Send Us Your Plans For Estimates. Standard Double Hung or Box Frame Window LOWRY BUILDING A Wall of 360 of Our Fireproof Windows Installed in an Office Building in St. Paul. The Total Height of the Structure is 14 Stories. 138 •AH BUT PAUL COERUGATMG COJ TIN CLAD FIREPROOF DOORS Approved by the National Board of Fire Underwriters. Send Specifica- tions for Prices. State Style, Quantity and Give Sizes of Openings. I I ■ft 111! 111111-1111111111111; J!iiiiiiii|.-.llllllllllllilfiililiiiiiiii:ii!2s^KH Protect Your Own! and Your Neightbors! Property at the Same Time.: by Using These Doors. Style No. 22 Standard Gravity Sliding Door Made to close automatically in case of fire All these doors are fitted with fusible links which melt at a temperature of about 155 degrees F. This action allows the doors to close tightly, thereby protecting adjoining property from flames. Used in partition walls the advantages are the same. Style No. 88 Standard Swinging Lap Fire Door Made to close automatically in case of fire 139 Style No. 44 Standard Verti< Sliding Door Made to close automatically case of fire tmirn jjjiurouurjrri iiTu u:a g ?r nutim COPPER STEEL BASEMENT WINDOWS Neat in Appearance. Easily Installed. Absolutely Permanent. Write for complete folder showing various typical installation details. Cross section of a YPS Copper Steel Basement Window. Note T-section of both ventilators and The frame is made of a single piece of heavy rolled copper steel T bar, which cannot get “out of square.” The windows have a single weathering and integral drip, no rain, snow, or wind can get through. The lock is positive, cam action, window locks solid and safe, break proof and burglar proof. When closed these windows admit from sixty to eighty per cent more light, when open they give much greater ventilation than the ordinary window, they are absolutely permanent, never stick, rot or warp, and in appearance they cannot be beat. Above all the low first cost is your final cost. frames. Also that drip is an integral part of the ventilator No. 701 No. 702 No. 703 No. 704 section. Overall Size 1 ft. 3 % in. x 2 ft. 11% 1 ft. 9 % in. x 3 ft. 554 1 ft. 11^4 in. x 2 ft. 11 % 1 ft. 1154 in. x 2 ft. 874 MADE IN FOUR STANDARD SIZES Price F. O. B. Masonry Opening Lights Weight St. Paul in. 3474 in- x 1434 in- 3—10x12 21 lbs. in. 4074 in. x 2034 in. 3—12x18 27 lbs. in. 3414 in. x 2234 in. 3—10x20 26 lbs. in. 31% in. x 223% in. 2—14x20 23 lbs. Prices do not include glass. Nos. 702 and 704 have been particularly designed to work out satisfactorily with concrete block, which are standardized to lay up in multiples of 16 inches wide and 8 inches high. 140 A11NT COPPER STEEL COAL DOORS The frame of every YPS Coal Door is one solid piece of deep drawn, heavy Copper Steel Tank Plate. The same unbreakable material is used throughout the door’s construction. The bottom of the apron is made heavy to easily withstand the severest shocks of coal delivery. YPS Copper Steel Coal Doors meet the demand in every particular. Handsome, dur- I able and everlasting, they satisfy the most critical tastes in appearance and make the coal man’s job easy. Once installed they require no further attention. The Hopper is optional. For those who desire a Coal Hopper attached, YPS Coal Doors can be provided with this equipment at slight extra cost. The Hopper is of 13 gauge copper steel and fits either style door per- fectly. It easily swings into place when the door is opened and closes inside when door is shut. Damage-Proof . Weather-Proof. No YPS Coal Door can break in transit or after installation. Heavy copper steel is used in its construction. This material, *4 inch thick, is pressed out on huge presses into handsome fin- ished form, ready for years of strenu- ous service. Style No. 801 802 810 STYLES AND DIMENSIONS Wall Thickness Door and Frame (no Hopper) 8 Door and Frame (no Hopper) 13 Hopper only Masonry Opening Width Height 213^ in. 16 in. 2134 in- 16 in. Weight 46 lbs. 50 lbs. 14 lbs. Prices F. O. B. St. Paul 141 APPEARANCES COUNT IN BUSINESS Every business man deals with the public. This includes the store- keeper, theater owner, banker, butcher, and others. And what the Public thinks of a business place is of vital moment to the owner. Public opinion is largely based upon appearances. If a business place “looks good” it generally en- joys a good business. Conversely, a place that “looks all in” is gen- erally a failure. Design 6000 GUARANTEED STEEL CEILINGS AND SIDEWALLS Looks count in personal affairs and they count as much and more in business. Stock kept orderly helps. Washing the windows and mopping the floor helps also. But the value of these things is offset largely by cracked ceilings and walls. Dark rooms, dusty shelves, smoked ceilings, cracked plaster and battered walls do not attract. They are deterents, they repel. The public does not enter such places by choice or preference but they go there because they must. A clean, bright, airy store will attract customers and make money for the owner. Such places surely but silently draw trade. Somehow they give cheer and warmth that attracts. Put on a good front. “Appear- ance of success begets success.” There is no surer way of being successful than to look the part. Design 6001 1 42 ATMG CO. 1 —"****' | 7 | ' 4 \ - Hi Guaranteed Ceilings and Sidewalls, made of steel, richly embossed, will help immensely in building a larg- er, sounder and more profitable business because they give that attractive, compelling, magnetic appearance which draws trade and helps holding it. Design 6002 Steel may cost a little more than other interior finishes but as the first cost is the last it is the most economical in the end. Soap and water will keep a steel interior spick and span. Design 6003 Guaranteed Steel Ceilings are in the best buildings of the Northwest. They are in many large bank buildings — rich and ornate. They are in large pub- lic buildings, in bold patterns, suitable for such structures. And then they are in churches — elegant and impressive. Design 6004 143 STEEL INTERIORS RESIST EIRE No other interior finish resists fire like steel. A steel interior will often confine a fire to the room in which it originates. Guaranteed Steel Ceilings and Side- walls make old buildings look new again and will make new buildings ptay new much longer. Originality is a feature of our de- signs. Nothing is copied from others and our designs are not purchased from “professional artists” who will sell their designs to any who will pay their price regardless of numbers. All designs are developed by our artists in our own factory and every square of ceiling material sold is em- bossed on our presses. Design 6005 Design 6006 144 o BUT PAUL COEra©AT!H© CO HOW TO TAKE MEASUREMENTS OF WALLS Make a sketch of each wall showing the exact size and location of all openings and offsets. In measuring windows and doors get their size outside of the casings. Get distance from floors to win- dows and from top of windows and doors to ceiling. METAL WINDOW AND DOOR CASINGS The use of Metal Casings shown on page 222 is especially recommended, as they are not expensive and provide the only means of making the interior entirely metal clad and consequently fireproof. ERECTING INSTRUCTIONS PRELIMINARY Before starting to erect the mate- rial open all crates and check goods therein with lists attached to the crate and after being found correct recheck with the complete bill of material listed out on the blue print or invoice. All shipments are care- fully checked twice before shipment is made but errors will occur in rare cases in spite of these precautions. Make your claims for shortages, if any. AT ONCE AND BEFORE STARTING WORK, either return- ing the tags attached to the crates or advising us of the order number, crate number and the material lack- i ing. Any actual shortages will be 1 made good immediately without charge or inconvenience of any kind. We can not, however, assume re- sponsibility for shortages resulting from customers’ mistakes or because of deviation from arrangements shown on our plans. Only after you have carefully ! studied and understand fully the blue I prints are you ready to proceed with I your work. It is better to spend a ! few minutes reading the erecting in- | structions than it is to go ahead, j make mistakes and then spend hours i correcting them. Draw a chalk line 1 down the center of the ceiling and use this line as a starting point. If ' Illustrating how to apply furring strips on Ceilings and Walls; also how to put wood furring strips are used, nail the , up complete Ceilings and Walls. first one directly on the line, other- wise apply the plates from the line, following the plans and directions at all times. Start in the rear of the room, work both ways and towards the front, first applying the field plates, ' then the borders, fillers and lastly the cornice. W -iod brackets and miters must, of course, be nailed in place before the cornice is fitted. Be sure to get Centers of wood strips located correctly. Finish in the front of the room as nearly as possible in accord ince with the arrangement shown. SIDEWALLS In erecting sidewalls start at a rear corner, working both ways towards the front. Place necessary strips as shown on plans. It is advisable to put wainscoting panels, chair rail and base on first, as the wall plates can be trimmed if necessary while panels cannot be cut to fit. Cut plates and wall sheets against openings and offsets. 145 o “Perfecto" Steel Ceiling Paint gives a beautiful flat finish To attain the very best results “Perfecto” Steel Ceiling Paint should be used in finishing your work. : f the decorating is poorly done or an inferior paint used the ceiling and walls will reflect no credit on ou or your work. We recommend two coats of paint as necessary to get perfect results. Read the escription of this superior paint that is made for no other purpose than use on Steel Ceilings and Side- | /alls. ESTIMATING To obtain estimates of cost without writing to us proceed as follows: To both the length and the iridth of the room add the depth of each Cornice, in no case adding less than 12 inches. Multiply these esulting measurements, use CORRECT list price and apply discount quoted. Make no deductions for penings and offsets of less than 50 square feet area. Example: If Design 2046 is wanted for a room 4x36 feet with Cornice on two sides and the rear you figure it as 26x37 feet equals 962 square feet or .62 squares, which at a list price of $9.00 per square equals $86.58, subject to discount. Each space sur- ounded by Cornice or Border must be considered as a separate room. List prices apply only to quanti- ies in each room, not to the total quantity in several rooms. All orders sent us without previous quotations will be invoiced at the prevailing discount. WOOD FURRING STRIPS When erecting Steel Ceilings over plaster or opan joists it is always necessary to use Wood Furring drips which should be nailed at right angles to the joists. All Plates and Borders except sunk Panels lay be applied directly to wood sheathing. For ceilings we recommend wood strips ^4x1^4 inches, sur- aced on one side and for walls you should use strips Y 2 x2 inches. Erecting instructions should be followed carefu'ly both as to spacing and size of strips, as well as rrangement of the plates themselves. We can furnish Wood Furring Strips from stock at attractive rices. 1 PRICES List prices quoted herein are subject to a discount which we shall be glad to name on application. Ill quotations will, unless otherwise specified, be for immediate acceptance and for delivery free on ioard cars, St. Paul. For net prices the best way is to send in plans and specifications outlining your equirements clearly, and ask for definite net prices. See pages 147 and 148 for instructions on taking leasurements. The use of our standard Inquiry Blanks is recommended for this purpose. Design 6008 146 HOW TO TAKE MEASUREMENTS OF STORES Typical Plan of Store, Hall or Basement Ceiling indicating what measurements are essential. The easiest and most accurate way to take measurements of stores and rooms of tha character for Steel Ceilings is to first make a rough drawing showing the general shape o', the room as well as the approximate location of all offsets, openings and other irregularities Next, starting at the front of one side, measure the lengths of the various walls and not results on your sketch as you proceed around the room. When you have reached the start ing point again check the measurements taken by measuring the total length and width o the room, noting these figures on your sketch also. After your rough drawing is finished and the measurements checked as suggested yo can redraw it, making it to scale, if you wish. This is not, however, entirely necessary. Jus see to it that ALL measurements are correctly given. The plan illustrated on this pag should assist you as it shows what dimensions are necessary and illustrates the irregularitie you are likely to encounter. Be sure to give the distance between top of highest window and the width, depth, construction and location of beams, if any. These latter measurement may influence the depth of Cornice to be used. For further instructions on taking measurements refer to page 148. 147 o SAimr PAUL COERUCATMC CO How to Take Measurements of Churches Typical Plan of Church Ceiling and Wall, indicating how essential measurements must be taken. Do not be frightened at the apparent difficulties of measuring church interiors for Steel Ceilings. While a more complicated and tedious task than measuring simple store rooms it is not difficult if you go about it in the right way. Study the plan shown on this page. Then make rough sketches of both ceilings and wills and take your measurements as suggested above, in addition to which you give wall and gable sizes as shown on the plan. An easy way to get the correct height of ceilings in churches is to use a tape line attached to the end of a long pole. If the church has side gables or transepts measure them in the same way as you did the end gables, noting their location as well. The altar recess, if any, should be carefully measured using the plan as a guide. You can then redraw your plan as suggested above. For further instructions on taking measurements refer to page 147. 148 o GUARANTEED STEEL CEILINGS GIVE EVERLASTING ATTRACTIVENESS “GUARANTEED” Steel Ceilings are made in many designs to meet any requirements of style. For instance Gothic patterns are in- tended for use in churches, other styles for stores, etc. Their beauty is unquestioned and unequalled. They are noted for their quiet elegance of design. The plates can be arranged to please YOU and meet YOUR requirements. There is no danger of the decorations being ruined or discolored be- cause of shrinking, swelling or peeling, as they are impervious to dampness and water. When soiled they can be washed with soap and water. Cracks and roughness on the sur- faces of plaster, wood and wall board are conspicuously absent from the surface of “GUARANTEED” Steel Ceilings. ARE A SANITARY DECORATION As a sanitary decoration “GUARAN- TEED" Steel Ceilings are unsurpassed. While the embossing is deep and sharp there are no under-cuts or rough surfaces that al- ways provide lodgment for dust, dirt and germs. Rats and mice cannot make their way through the steel plates, so “GUARAN- TEED” Steel Ceilings are proof against vermin of all kinds. As they are proof against dampness, disagreeable odors will never be present. Any doctor or physician will tell you that germs will not adhere to nor breed on steel coated with paint in which there is any white lead. All the plates are primed with a special paint in which the prin- cipal pigment is white lead. Besides attract- ing business because of its cleanliness a “GUARANTEED” Steel Ceiling will in- crease the business of the store in which it is installed by its very attractiveness. ARE MECHANICALLY PERFECT AND GUARANTEED “GUARANTEED” Steel Ceilings are as perfect as mechanical ingenuity assisted by modern methods of manufacture and electric- ally driven machinery can make them. Steel dies, accurately made, and heavy drop presses are used exclusively. Each and every plate must be perfect or it will never be shipped out. The clear, sharp embossing is a feature of this material. Only the best hot rolled and annealed steel is acceptable for “GUAR- ANTEED” Steel Ceiling stock. So perfect are the materials used and the finished prod- uct that we do not hesitate to GUARANTEE EVERY ONE SOLD OR QUOTED ON. Hence the name “GUARANTEED” Steel Ceilings. This gives you added security and protection. It puts this material in a class distinctly by itself. I WILL NOT DETERIORATE There is nothing about “GUARANTEED” Steel Ceilings to wear out or deteriorate in the slightest degree. Since only the best material obtainable is used and the plates are thoroughly painted before being stamped they are permanently protected from ordi- nary dampness. We do not know how long “GUARANTEED” Steel Ceilings will last. ; Some of them have been in place for thirty years and are apparently good for many years more. When Steel Ceilings are wanted for rooms in which there is continual dampness it is advisable to specify Galvanized “GUAR- ANTEED” Steel Ceilings. These are par- ticularly recommended for such rooms and buildings as laundries, Turkish bath parlors, creameries, etc. Galvanized plates are not carried in stock but can be stamped to order on short notice. 49 o ARE AN ECONOMICAL NECESSITY ARE ABSOLUTELY FIREPROOF From an economic standpoint “GUARAN- TEED” Steel Ceilings are superior to any other kind of interior finish. Their first cost is small. A few cents per square foot will buy a most attractive combination of Plates, Borders, Fillers and Cornices with no extra charge for Centers for light drops if they are wanted. Once in place they add one hun- dred cents, for every dollar spent, to the val- uation of the building. “GUARANTEED” Steel Ceilings totally eliminate the expense of lath and plaster in new buildings. Repairs will never be necessary as there is nothing about the plates to wear out. Plaster ceilings must be renovated every few years, patched up, repaired and redecorated frequently. The first cost of a “GUARANTEED Steel Ceil- ing is the last cost. Other kinds are a con- tinual expense. ARE SAFE AND PERMANENT “GUARANTEED” Steel Ceilings are not only permanent, but they are absolutely safe. They cannot crack and fall like plaster ceil- ings. When the steel plates are erected over open joists in new buildings or over lath and plaster in old buildings it is necessary to use wood furring strips. In the latter case the wood strips serve the double purpose of hold- ing the plaster in place and providing a solid nailing surface. The plates being nailed to strips, are held rigidly in place. They cannot loosen. The steel is not affected by weather changes so it does not shrink and swell but remains uniformly perfect at all times. The estimated life of a building is thirty years. “GUARANTEED” Steel Ceilings will out- last the building at that rate. Some have been in place for thirty years and are still in good condition. In all that time the danger and damage caused by falling plaster will never be experienced. “GUARANTEED" Steel Ceilings must be fireproof. Steel will not burn. The question of how much more fireproof they are than lath and plaster has been thoroughly tested out. This test was conducted a few years ago and here is the result: Both lath and plaster and steel plates were subjected to an equal heat of 1700 degrees for an hour and a quarter. The lath and plaster fell in twelve minutes. The steel plates withstood the test only the paint being burned off. Newspapers report almost daily that certain buildings were undoubtedly saved from total destruc- tion bv the Steel Ceilings in them. “GUAR- ANTEED” Steel Ceilings are indestructible and, being fire-resisting as well as fireproof, will confine a fire to the room in which it starts. They give buildings an added pro- tection, an insurance on which there are no premiums to pay. Surely this is worth while. EASILY AND QUICKLY INSTALLED “GUARANTEED” Steel Ceilings can be easily and quickly installed in old buildings without inconveniencing the occupants to a material degree. It is not necessary to re- move the old plaster in fact, we strongly urge that it be left on. It will give the building much additional warmth and the wood fur- ring strips will hold it firmly in place. To remove the plaster would be a dirty job and the dust would permeate everything, so leave the plaster on. It is obvious they can be in- stalled in new buildings at the convenience of the contractor. Ease and cheapness of erection has been a particular aim in the manufacture of “GUARANTEED" Steel Ceilings. Erectors with experience have complimented us repeatedly on this point. iso STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 1998 Composed of following: No. X29 Field Plate 24x48", raised 7/s". No. MT14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. X13 Cornice 48" long, 8" deep, 6" projection. No. X15 Inside, No. X16 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs inlcuding all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft $9.50 18x25 ft 10.00 15x20 ft 10.50 12x15 ft 11.25 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7/ s "xl%" strips. I 151 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 1999 Composed of following: No. X39 Field Plate 24x48", raised 7 /&". No. T14 Plain Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. 4013 Cornice 48" long, 8 ^ 2 ” deep, 654” projec- tion. No. 4015 Inside, No. 4016 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $9.50 10.00 10.50 11.25 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use % xl*4" strips. 152 AMT PAUL C©ERU©AT!MG STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2000 Composed of following: No. V19 Field Plate 24x24", l/\" deep. No. V18 Border Plate, 12x24". No. V17 Border Plate Corner 12x12". No. MT14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. 9013 Cornice 48" long. 12" deep, 9" projection. No. 9015 Inside, No. 9016 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of 1 Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $12.00 12.50 13.00 14.00 Use Wood Strips nailed edgewise to provide for sinkage in above plates. 153 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design Composed of following: No. V9 Field Plate 24x24", 1%" deep. No. V8 Border Plate 12x24". No. V7 Border Plate Corner 12x12". No. MK14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48” long. No. 4013 Cornice 48" long, 8*4” deep, 6 1 /^" projec- tion. No. 4015 Inside, No. 4016 Outside, Cornice Miters. No. 2001 LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $ 12.00 12.50 13.00 14.00 Use 7, / 8xl%" Wood Strips nailed edgewise to provide for sinkage in above plates. 154 o STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2002 Composed of following; LIST PRICES No T9 Field Plate ? 4 vd«" i/" a Per ^ quare O 00 s 9- ft-) for above Combination of No T8 Rn lr P t deep - Designs including all units. No. J8 Border Plate 12x48 . Size of Room Per Square No. J7 Border Plate Corner 12x12 . 20x60 ft , q “ I No. MK14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long. 18x25 ft. , n 'r n No. X13 Cornice 48 ’ long, 8" deep, 6" projection. 15x20 ft , l nn No. X15 Inside, No. X16 Outside, Cornice Miters. 12x15 ft 12 00 Use 1^x1% Wood Strips nailed flat to provide for sinkage in above plates. 1SS STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs o Design No. 2003 Composed of following: No. X9 Field Plate 24x24", 1" deep. No. X8 Border Plate 12x24". No. X7 Border Plate Corner 12x12". No. P62 Beam Molding 4x48", 1*4" deep. No. P63 Beam Molding Corners. No. B14 Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. 5013 Cornice, 48" long, 12" deep, 8" projection. No. 5025 Inside, No. 5026 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft $12.00 18x25 ft 12.50 15x20 ft 13.00 12x15 ft 14.00 Use 24x1*4" Wood Strips nailed edgewise to provide for sinkage in above plates. 156 SAINT PAUL COEROGAT1HO CO. STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2004 Composed of following: No. J49 Field Plate 24x48", J4” deep. No. J8 Border Plate, 12x24". No. .17 Border Plate Corner 12x12". No. B14 Filler Border, variable width, 48" long. No. B13 Cornice 48" long, 9" deep, 6" projection. No. B15 Inside, No. B16 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES (Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft. 18x25 ft. 15x20 ft. 12x15 ft. .$10.00 10.50 11.00 12.00 Use ^4x1*4" Wood Strips nailed flat to provide for sinkage in above plates. 157 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs o Design Composed of following: No. J49 Field Plate 24x48", x /i' deep. No. MT14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48 long. No. X13 Cornice 48" long, 8" deep, 6" projection. No. X15 Inside, No. X16 Outside, Cornice Miters. No. 2005 LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft $9.50 18x25 ft 10.00 15x20 ft 10.50 12x15 ft 11.50 Use y%x.\Vt," Wood Strips nailed flat to provide for sinkage in above plates. 158 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2006 Composed of following: No. B49 Field Plate 24 ”x24", 94" deep. No. B8 Border Plate 12"x24". No. B7 Border Plate Corner 12"xl2". No. MK14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. 4013 Cornice 48 long, 8^4" deep, 6j4” projec- tion. No. 4015 Inside, No. 4016 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $10.00 10.50 11.00 12.00 Use V 6 xiy 4 " Wood Strips nailed flat to provide for sinkage in above plates. 159 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs o Design Composed of following: No. T9 Field Plate 24"x48", 1 /i" deep. No. MT14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. X13 Cornice 48" long. 8" deep, 6" projection. No. X15 Inside, No. X16 Outside, Cornice Miters. No. 2007 LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $10.00 10.50 11.00 12.00 Use y & "-x.lYn" Wood Strips nailed flat to provide for sinkage in above plates. 160 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design Composed of following: No. 8019 Field Plate, 24"x48", raised 54 '\ No. 8010 Border Plate 24"x48". No. 8020 Border Plate Corner 24"x24". No. 8014 Single Filler Border, variable width, 48” long. No. 8013 Cornice 48" long, 15" deep, 12" projection. No. 8025 Inside, No. 8026 Outside, Cornice Miters. No. 2008 LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $10.00 10.50 11.00 12.00 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates, otherwise use strips. 161 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2009 Composed of following: No. 8009 Field Plate 24"x48", raised l / 2 " ■ No. P42 Beam Molding, 12"x24", 2" deep. No. P45 Beam Molding Corner. No. 8014 Single Filler Border, variable width, 48" long. No. 9013 Cornice 48" long, 12" deep, 9" projection. No. 9015 Inside, No. 9016 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Rooms Per Square 20x60 ft $10.00 18x25 ft 10.50 15x20 ft 11.00 12x15 ft 12.00 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7/ s xl%" Strips. 162 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2010 Composed of following: No. 8049 Field Plate 24"x48", raised */% . No. 8010 Border Plate 24 "x48". No. 8020 Border Plate Corner 24"x24". No. 8014 Single Filler Border, variable width, 48'' long. No. 8013 Cornice 48" long, 15" deep, 12" projection. No. 8025 Inside, No. 8026 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq, ft.) for above combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square' 20x60 ft $ 9.75! 18x25 ft 10.25: 15x20 ft 10.75 12x15 ft 11.75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use £4x1% Strips. 163 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs i rrj Yf) m rr riv ir*r h- ry'l 4 r > 11 P ; - 4 rri cs rr m rrl >V J i Cl J f) \lju 1! r 0 - .. vi <-• FP !. r. I > 1 rir pte |r> pi?i \ — PIT pi M r>rl r jp fi f i fi ' pi - Fjjr Y/ Pi Yj* IP* P! pi .. H | ' ' jjl HI *■ p w? pH rag fpf IBP ETJ © r : L U wr RW r>; * pi® nw Iqiif m L | p| f F Bpi fr Design No. 2011 Composed of following: lo. 8029 Field Plate 24 x48 ", raised 54”. ro. 8010 Border Plate, 24"x48". fo. 8020 Border Plate Corner 24 "x24”. lo. 8014 Single Filler Border, variable width, 48' r long ' Jo. G13 Cornice 48" long, 12 " deep, 1354" pro jection. to. 6035 Inside No. 6036 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft $ 9.75 18x25 ft io.25 15x20 ft 10.75 12x15 ft n .75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 74x154" Stri ps. 164 iAHIMT C0IERTCATSM0 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2012 Composed of following: No. 8029 Field Plate 24"x48", raised *4". No. MT14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48” long. No. B13 Cornice, 48" long, 9" deep, 6" projection. No. B15 Inside, No. B16 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $ 9.00 9.50 10.00 10.75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7/ 6 xl%" Strips. 165 Design Composed of following: No. 8039 Field Plate 24"x48", raised 54"- No. P52 Beam Molding, 6"x48", 154” deep. No. P55 Beam Molding Corner. No. 8014 Double Filler Border, variable width, 48” long. No. 4013 Cornice 48" long, 854” deep, 654” pro- jection. No. 4015 Inside, No. 4016 Outside, Cornice Miters. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail No. 2013 LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft on above plates; otherwise use 54 x 1^4 Per Square $ 9.50 10.00 10.50 11.25 Strips. 166 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs o Design No. 2014 Composed of following: LIST PRICES . Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of No. 8021 Field Plate 24 "x48". Designs including all units. No. 6013 Filler Border, variable width, 48” long. Size of Room Per Square No. All Cornice 48'' long, 7" deep, 3" projection. 20x60 ft $ 8.50 No. A17 Inside, No. A18 Outside, Cornice Miters. 18x25 ft 9.00 15x20 ft 9.50 12x15 ft 10.00 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use %xl Yu Strips. 167 AIN'T PAUL COERUGATINO CO, STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2015 Composed of following: LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of No. 8021 Field Plate 24 "x48”. Designs including all units. No. MD14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long. Size of Room Per Square No. X13 Cornice 48" long, 8" deep, 6 " projection. 20x60 ft $ 8.75 No. X15 Inside, No. X16 Outside, Cornice Miters. 18x25 ft 9.25 15x20 ft 9.75 12x15 ft 10.25 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use Strips. 168 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs o I I I I I Design No. 2016 Composed of following: No. X19 Field Plate 24"x24", raised 34 ". No. P9 Beam Molding 12"x48", 234" deep. No. P7 Beam Molding Corner. No. K14 Filler, variable width, 48 long. No. 5013 Cornice 48" long, 12" deep, 8" projection. No. 5025 Inside, No. 5026 Outside, cornice miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft $10.50' 18x25 ft 11-00 15x20 ft H- 50 12x15 ft 12.50- Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use Vs*! 1 /*" Strips. STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs o Design No. 2017 Composed of following: LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of No. L9 Field Plate 24"x48", raised Designs including all units. No. L8 Border Plate 12”x24". Size of Room Per Square No. L7 Border Plate Corner 12"xl2". 20x60 ft S 9.75 No. B20 Filler Border, variable width, 48” long. 18x25 ft 10.25 No. X13 Cornice, 48" long, 8" deep, 6" projection. 15x20 ft 10.75 No. X15 Inside, No. X16 Outside, Cornice Miters. 12x15 ft 11.75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use ?/ 8 x 1*4’ Strips. 170 ,/K .1. Ak X .,JK X Wi®&i®aSM3fei PAUL C©ERU©ATIIMO ©Do STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2018 Composed of following: No. E9 Field Plate 24"x24", raised y 2 " . No. E8 Border Plate 12"x24 ’. No. E7 Border Plate Corner, 12"xl2". No. 6014 Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. B13 Cornice 48" long, 9" deep, 6" projection. No. B15 Inside, No. B16 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $ 10.00 10.50 11.00 12.00 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7/6x1 Strips. 171 Design No. 2019 Composed of following: No. G19 Field Plate, 24”x48", raised 34". No. PS2 Beam Molding, 6"x48', 1 %" deep. No. P55 Beam Molding Corner. No. C14 Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. B13 Cornice, 48" long. 9" deep, 6” projection. No. B15 Inside, No. B16 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $ 9.75 10.25 10.75 11.25 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates: otherwise use %xl*4' 172 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs o Design Composed of following: No. G19 Field Plate 24"x48", raised 54 '• No. C14 Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. X23 Cornice with 1" filler, 48" long, 454 deep 3/4” projection. No. X25 Inside, No. X26, Outside, Cornice Miters. No. 2020 LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $ 9.00 9.50 10.00 10.75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7/gxl%" Strips. 173 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2021 Composed of following: No. 019 Field Plate 24”x48”, raised S/jj". No. C14 Filler Border, variable width, 48" long. No. B13 Cornice 48” long, 9" deep, 6" projection. No. B15 Inside, No. B16 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square S 9.00 9.50 10.00 10.75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use y&xlW Strips. 174 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2022 Composed of following: No. 019 Field Plate, 24 "x48", raised ^4". No. B14 Filler Border, variable width, 48" long. No. A16 Cornice, with 1" filler, 48" long, 6" deep, 5" projection. No. A115 Inside, No. A116 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $ 8.75 9 . 25 . 9.75 10.25 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use Strips. o STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2023 Composed of following: No. AB29 Field Plate, 24 x48 , raised 34". No. MD 14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. X13 Cornice 48 long, 8 deep, 6 projection. No. X15 Inside, No. X16 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft $ 9.50 18x25 ft io.OO 15x20 ft io.50 12x15 ft 11.25 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7gxl J 4' Strips. 176 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs AMT PAU! AT! MO CO. i I i i Design No. 2024 Composed of following: No. C19 Field Plate 24"x48", raised T /\" . No. MD14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48” long. No. 9013 Cornice 48" long, 12" deep, 9" projection. No. 9015 Inside, No. 9016 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square I $ 9.25 9.75 10.25 ! 11.00 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use ^gxl^" Strips. 177 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2025 Composed of following: | No. C19 Field Plate, 24”x48", raised 54 '- No. C14 Filler Border, variable width, 48" long. No. B13 Cornice 48" long, 9” deep, 6" projection. No. B15 Inside, No. B16 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft $ 9.00 18x25 ft 9.50 15x20 ft 10.00 12x15 ft 10.75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 54 Strips. 178 AlffT PAUL COHRUGATM0 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs o ! I Design No. 2026 Composed of following: No. U19 Field Plate 24"x48", raised l /\" . No. MD14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. 9013 Cornice 48" long, 12" deep. 9" projection. No. 9015 Inside, No. 9016 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft) for above Combination oi Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $ 9.25 9.7? | 10. 2i 11.00 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use ?4x.l}4" Strips. 179 o STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2027 Composed of following: No. U19 Field Plate 24"x48", raised No. B14 Filler Border, variable width, 48" long. No. 4013 Cornice 48" long, 854" deep, 654” pro- jection. No. 4015 Inside, No. 4016 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft $ 9.00 18x25 ft 9.50 15x20 ft 10.00 12x15 ft 10. 7S use Strips. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise 180 SASiMT PAUL COE EU© AT MG CO. STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2028 Composed of following: No. A19 Field Plate 24"x48", raised *4". No. MT14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. 4013 Cornice, 48" long, 8 y 2 " deep, 6%" pro- jection. No. 4015 Inside, No. 4016 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination ofj Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $ 9.00 9.50 10.00 10.75* Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use ?4xl}4'' Strips. 181 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs o Design Composed of following: No. A19 Field Plate 24 "x48", raised Y\' • No. B14 Filler Border, variable width, 48" long. No. A16 Cornice with 1" filler, 48 " long, 6" deep 5" projection. No. A115 Inside, No. A116 Outside, Cornice Miters. No. 2029 LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs, including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft S 8.75 18x25 ft 9.25 15x20 ft 9.75 12x15 ft 10.25 Surface, if boarded, need not be furied to nail on above plates; otherwise use ? 8x1*4 Strips. 182 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs o Design No. 2030 Composed of following: No. S19 Field Plate 24"x48", raised 34 ”- No. B20 Filler Border, variable width, 48" long. No. 5013 Cornice 48" long, 12" deep, 8" projection. No. 5025 Inside, No. 5026 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft 5 9.00 18x25 ft 9.50 15x20 ft 10.00 12x15 ft 10.75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 74 x 1/4 Strips. 1 83 SAMT PAUL COHRUGATMG CO, STEEL CEILINGS Design No. 2031 Composed of following: No. L17 Field Plate 24"x48 ", raised . No. C14 Filler Border, variable width, 48 long. No. X13 Cornice 48" long, 8" deep, 6 projection. No. X15 Inside, No. X16 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room P er Square 20x60 ft $ 9.00 18x25 ft 9.50 15x20 ft 10 - 0(> 12x15 ft 10.75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7/6x154" Strips. 184 AHHT STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2032 Composed of following: No. 42 Field Plate 24"x48". No. MT14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. 4013 Cornice 48" long, 8^4" deep, 6 %" pro- jection. No. 4015 Inside, No. 4016 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination o Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 1 5 j: 2 0 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $ 9.0'j 9.5' 10.0' 10.7. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use ^xl^" Strips. 185 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design Composed of following: No. S9 Field Plate 24"x48", raised 3/g". No. MD14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48” long. No. B13 Cornice 48" long, 9" deep, 6" projection. No. B15 Inside, No. B16 Outside, Cornice Miters. No. 2033 LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft S 9.00 18x25 ft 9.50 15x20 ft 10.00 12x15 ft 10.75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use %xl J 4 Strips 186 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2034 Composed of following: No. 7009 Field Plate, 24"x48”, raised Y"- No. MT14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. 4013 Cornice 48" long, 8*4" deep, 6%" pro- jection. No. 4015 Inside, No. 4016 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $ 9.00 9.50 10.00 10.75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7/ 8 xl%" Strips. 187 o STEEL CEILINGS Design No. 2035 Composed of following: No. 43 Field Plate 24"x48". „ No. B14 Filler Border, variable width, 48 long. No. 4013 Cornice 48" long, sy 2 " deep, 6 l A" pro- jection. No. 4015 Inside, No. 4016 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room P er Square 20x60 ft 5 8 -'f 18x25 ft 9 - 2 f 12x15 ft 10 - 25, Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7/ 8 xl%" Strips. 188 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs o Design No. 2036 Composed of following: No. 43 Field Plate 24"x48 No. MK14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long. No. X13 Cornice 48" long, 8" deep, 6" projection. No. X15 Inside, No. X16 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $ 9.00 9.50 10.00 10.75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 74 x 1/4 Strips. 189 AMT PAUL COERUGATMG €0. STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2037 Composed of following: No. 43 Field Plate 24'x48”. No. X23 Cornice with 7" filler, 48 long, 4^4 deep, 3*4" projection. No. X25 Inside, No. X26 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft S 8.50 18x25 ft 9.00 15x20 ft 9.50 12x15 ft 10.00 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7/ a xl%" Strips. 190 ASiMT PAUL COERUGATMG CO STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2038 Composed of following: No. 43 Field Plate 24"x48". No. A16 Cornice with 7" filler, 48” long, 6" deep, 5” projection. No. A115 Inside, No. A116 Outside, Cornice Miters. _ „ list prices Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of i Designs including all units. fJSol, Ro ° m . . p " ^ 12x15 ft Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7/ s x\%" Strips. 191 AMT COERUGAT1 TrC! is il STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2039 Composed of following: No. 38 Field Plate 24"x48'\ No. B20 Filler Border, variable width, 48" long. No. X13 Cornice 48" long, 8" deep, 6" projection. No. X15 Inside, No. X16 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room P er Square 20x60 ft 58.75 18x25 ft 925 15x20 ft 9 75 12x15 ft 10 25 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates: otherwise use ' gxlli strips. 192 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Composed of following: Design No. 2040 LIST PRICES No. 38 Field Plate 24"x48". No. A10 Cornice, 48" long, 4" deep, 3 *4" projec- tion. No. A25 Inside, No. A26 Outside, Cornice Miters. Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $8.50 9.00 9.50 10.00 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use l%" strips. 193 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs O Design No. 2041 Composed of following: lo. 34 Field Plate 24"x48". Io. MK14 Molded Filler, variable width, 48" long, lo. A16 Cornice with 1" Filler, 48" long, 6" deep, 5" projection. lo. A115 Inside, No. A116 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square $8.75 9.25 9.75 10.25 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates: otherwise use 7/ 6 xiy A " strips. 194 STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2042 Composed of following: No. 37 Field Plate 24"x48". No. A16 Cornice with 7" Filler, 48" long, 6" deep, 5" projection. No. A115 Inside, No. A116 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination o Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Squar. 20x60 ft $8.5 18x25 ft 9-0'j 15x20 ft 9-5 12x15 ft 10.0' Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7/ 8 ; :l/4 strips. 195 SA1HT PAUL COEHGLJGAT1MG CO, STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2043 Composed of following: No. 41 Field Plate 24"x48". No. A16 Cornice with 7" Filler, 48" long, 6" deep, 5" projection. No. A1 15 Inside, No. A116 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft S8.50 18x25 ft 9.00 15x20 ft 9.50 12x15 ft 10.00 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use "gxl 1 /; strips. ; r j^ STEEL CEILINGS Combination Designs Design No. 2044 Composed of following: No. 29 Field Plate 24 "x48". No. A16 Cornice with 7" Filler, 48" long, 6" deep, 5" projection. N o. A115 Inside, No. A116 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft $8.50' 18x25 ft 9.00 15x20 ft 9.50 12x15 ft 10.00 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use ;C y s X 7 *w* p\ *fr y\ X AA X A,P *.C V’ *• ~ — M Xfj \.y“ X A X«' X p/ X pa \p 'A X V' s VgP X X ; if X X X' X xp p\ X ,/ \ X Vo P* \ X X “ *-« X y’ P A Vo PA •. “ ? w. ? BS V v* x X x ’♦a *' PA \ 3 / V-o p \ p X K : x| X X X PA x X X p \ •■%„••• PA, ••'A X, X "•o*' PA %o*' w p'\ W X x| X X ty. y *»o» X »’ *»o*' ,.x\ X X IX A X X X X v >-\ X \„v PA X K p 1 0 X. w p \,yp' K A X V w X\ Vo PA %o»' •*-o p \ X A a y y \ y ''y IK m X PA, X X IX IX m IA w PA IX |X lx PA |X \ p ■*?« p \ *t« [p\ ‘y*' X py X •• '*« - p* •• \ jx | 9 - ; PA E B A P A ■ 1 M' PA PA XXIX I s Design Composed of following: No. 35 Field Plate 24"x48". No. B20 Filler Border, variable width, 48' long. No. X13 Cornice 48" long, 8" deep, 6" projection. No. X15 Inside. No. X16 Outside, Cornice Miters. No. 2046 LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room Per Square 20x60 ft $8.50 18x25 ft 9.00 15x20 ft 9.50 12x15 ft 10.00 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use ^gxl *4" strips. 199 Design No. 2047 Composed of following: No. 35 Field Plate 24"x48". No. A10 Cornice 48" long, 4" deep, 3^4 projection. No. A25 Inside, No. A26 Outside, Cornice Miters. LIST PRICES Per Square (100 sq. ft.) for above Combination of Designs including all units. Size of Room 20x60 ft 18x25 ft 15x20 ft 12x15 ft Per Square S8.25 8.75 9.25 9.75 Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on above plates; otherwise use 7/%x.\ l /n'' strips 200 © STEEL SIDEWALL COMBINATIONS Cornices shown are to be considered as parts of Ceilings and Metal Base Boards are extra when ordered. Sidewall Design No. WSO List price per square (100 sq. ft.) $10.50 List of Individual Plates in this Combination: No. 8017 Wall Plate 24x48". No. 8011 Frieze, 24x48". No. R14 Chair Rail, 2*4x48". No. 8021 Wainscoting Plate, 24x48". No. R36 Base, 6x48". Use *4x2" Wood Strips, 12" on centers, running vertically, to nail on above plates. Sidewall Design No. W51 List price per square (100 sq. ft.) $10.50 List of Individual Plates in this Combination: No. 8010 Wall Plate 24x48". No. 8020 Corner Plate 24x24". No. Rll Chair Rail, 2x48". No. 8029 Wainscoting Plate, 12x48". No. 8009 Wainscoting Plate, 24x48". No. R35 Base, 6x48". Use *4x2" Wood Strips, 12" on centers, running vertically, to nail on above plates. 201 STEEL SIDEW ALL COMBINATIONS Cornices shown are to be considered as parts of Ceilings and Metal Base Boards are extra when ordered. • • • • • v«v» * C v.w* i* .>> K c (XV 6 oi id l/f A I S. o] '/( V' u i '/( \> IQ I f/f V>1 Q 1 ill a 1 ([ " >/( >\ c »vt u q m || am m y < o >/( >> V t l *'( >2 X. c r ^ iS. rj q wy M Yj a r c$ V *j f iW U l q hr ■' A V \j v/fc 1 u T LT Kr - m |g| :c; vr <■ hrg’i i4x2 " Wood Strips, 12" on centers, running vertically, to nail on above plates. Sidewall Design No. W59 List price per square (100 sq. ft.) $9.00 List of Individual Plates in this Combination: No. 43 Wall Plate 24x48". No. Z3 Frieze 6x48". No. Rll Chair Rail 2x48". No. L8 Wainscoting Plate 12x24". No. L7 Wainscoting Plate 12x12". No. R36 Base 6x48”. Use >4 x2" Wood Strips, 12" on centers, running vertically, to nail on above plates. 205 STEEL CEILINGS Flush Field Plates — Colonial Designs Field Plate No. X29 24" multiples. Raised '/&"• Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot NEW COLONIAL PATTERNS S l Ac Following a distinct trend toward straight lines and simple patterns, the two Colonial Field Plates illustrated on this page have been developed. Although new, they have quickly become leading pat- terns among the extensive and attractive line shown in this catalog. For dignity and beauty few patterns can excel the straight and simple lines of these Colonials. OLD PATTERNS Old customers, long familiar with our steel ceil- ing line, will observe that many of the patterns offered the trade in the past, are not being shown in this catalog. Like other things, patterns are often popular for a time and then go into disuse or otherwise never reach the popularity hoped for them when first shown. Whatever other reason there may be, the lack of a steady or increasing demand alone will cause a manufacturer to drop a ceiling pattern into the discard. A continuing demand, insuring a good turnover, is the leading requirement to the retention of any ceiling pattern among the current designs. Old patterns not shown in the book, can in most cases be had to make repairs or extensions. A service charge of $5.00 to $7.50 for each pat- tern is made in such cases to cover the cost of casting necessary dies and hammers before stamp- ing operations can begin. In addition to this, the regular charge is made for the material itself. Field Plate No. X39 24” multiples. Raised 74 • Stock size 24x48 only. List price, per square foot 8’ 2 c Covering sizes are the same as stock size in each instance. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on flush plates. 206 STEEL CEILINGS Sunk Field and Border Plates Field Plate No. X-9 24" multiples. Stock sizes 24x24" only. 1" deep. List price, per square foot, 9*4c Border No. X-8 Stock size 12x24". 1" deep. List price, per square foot.... 13c Corner X-7 Stock size 12x12". 1" deep. List price, each 16c Above Border and Corner made to match Field Plate No. X-9. Field Plate No. V-9 24" multiples. Stock size 24x24" only. 1*4" deep. List price, per square foot, 10c Above Border and Corner made to match Field Plate No. V-9. Field Plate No. B-49 12" multiples Stock size 24x24" only. 34 " deep. List price, per square ft., 9kijC Border No. B-8 Stock size 12x24". 54" deep. List price, per square foot, 13c Corner No. B-7 Stock size 12x12". 54" deep. List price, each 16c Above Border and Corner made to match Field Plate No. B-49. Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. Surface must be furred before sunk plates can be nailed on. 207 STEEL CEILINGS Sunk Field and Border Plates Field Plate No. V-19 Stock size 24x24" only. I 14 " deep. List price, per square foot, 10c Corner No. J-7 Stock size 12x12 '. ^2 deep. List price, each 15c Above Border and Corner made to match Field Plate No. J-49. Border No. V-18 Stock size 12x24". 154 " deep. List price, per square foot, 15c Corner No. V-17 Stock size 12x12”. 154 " deep. List price, each 7^c Above Border and Corner Made to match Field Plate No. V-19. Field Plate No. J-9 24" multiples. Stock size 24x48 only. 54" deep. Also made 24x24 . List price, per square foot 9c Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. Surface must be furred before sunk plates can be nailed on. 208 STEEL CEILINGS Sunk Field and Border Plates CO, T| YU T5| 'T\\ v . . — v T%' m Y\ n T3 n n [H |TS| □1 Yi m Y^ Field Plate No. T-9 6" multiples. Stock sizes 24x48" only. l /- deep. List price, per square foot Also made 24x24", in 6", 12" or 18" multiples at increased list. Surface must be furred before sunk plates can be nailed on. Flush Field and Border Plates i 9i Field Plate No. L-9 24" multiples. Stock size 24x48" only. Raised List price, per square foot 8^c Border No. L-8 Stock size 12x24". Raised . List price, per square foot, 12c I Field Plate No. E-9 Stock size 24x24" only. Raised J4". List price, per square foot, 9c Corner No. L-7 Stock size 12x12". Raised *4". List price, each 15ci Above Border and Corner madel to match Field Plate No. L-9.: ■ Border No. E-8 Stock size 12x24". Raised y 2 List price, per square foot, 12c Above Border and Corner made Corner No. E-7 Stock size 12x12”. Raised y 2 ". List price, each 15c match Field Plate No. E-9. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on flush plates. Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. 209 i AS Iff T PAOL C©ERU©AT!K!G CO< STEEL CEILINGS Flush Field Plates These Gothic plates are specially recommended for churches. List price. 24" multiples, per square foot Field Plate No. 8019 Raised 1 /" . Stock size 24x48" only. 9c Field Plate No. 8009 24" multiples. Raised 54'- Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot 9c Field Plate No. 8049 24" multiples. Raised y 6 " . Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot 8 ‘ » c Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on flush plates. -< ?io STEEL CEILINGS Flush Field Plates These Gothic plates are specially recommended for churches. Field Plate No. 8029 12" multiples. Raised 54 ”- Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot sy 2 Field Plate No. 8039 12” multiples. Raised 54 '- Stock size 24x43" only. List price, per square foot 854 Field Plate No. 8021 6 " multiples. Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot 8< Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred tc. nail on flush plates. 211 STEEL CEILINGS Flush Field Plates ■A! BUT 24" multiples. List price, per square foot Field Plate No. G-19 Raised 34’'- Stock size 24x48 only. 8 y 2 c Field Plate No. 0-19 24" multiples. Raised 34 • Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot 854c Field Plate No. C-19 24" multiples. Raised 54 '• Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot 8 54c Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on flush plates. 212 STEEL CEILINGS Flush Field Plates c Field Plate No. XJ - 1 9 24" multiples. Raised Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot Field Plate No. AB-29 24" multiples. Raised Ys". Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot Field Plate No. A-19 24" multiples. Raised Y". Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on flush plates. 213 STEEL CEILINGS Flush Field Plates Field Plate No. 7009 12" multiples. Raised Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot 8 V 2 C Field Plate No. S-9 12" multiples. Raised 34”- Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot 8^4c Field Plate No. S-19 12" multiples. Raised 34”- Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot 8 c Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on flush plates. SAimr faul STEEL CEILINGS Flush Field Plates Field Plate No. L-17 12" multiples. Raised Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot Field Plate No. 42 12" multiples. Raised 34". Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot Large bead permits nailing No. 42 to joists with beads running crosswise. \ 814c | 8c I Field Plate No. 43 Raised 54 '• Stock size 24x48" only. 8c 6" multiples. List price, per square foot Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on flush plates. 215 STEEL CEILINGS Flush Field Plates AT1MO CG. 1 A':' ^ i i M I ; ' l ! ^ L tWSUf.'l JV' 'i ! ^ w ’ rrm k ■' a** ‘ i 1 t ; [ ] ! 4??' , i J ■ i ■■ -• <- w o- : fe ■ i ^ ! 1 ^ i~L : <^>\‘\ ^ • ; 1 ^7 : " O' ^ VC 5 / QQ . » " — n . square foot.... Field Plate No. 6" multiples. Stock size 38 24x48" mly. v y tv iii) t' ( ) .r. . 1) VWgs IQ' H BIB (nifnl m |Q m Hli VCf, r55r*. rSS wr~v List price, per square foot Field Plate No. 37 6" multiples. Stock size 24x48" only. 8c 8c Field Plate No. 34 6" multiples. Stock size 24x48 only. 8c List price, per square foot... Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred t ■ 216 nail on flush plates. i STEEL PLATES Flush Field Plates AUNT ATI IMG CO. List price, per square foot. Field Plate No. 29 4" multiples. Stock size 24x4C" only. 8c Field Plate No. 35 4" multiples. Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot 7}4c Field Plate No. 41 4x8" multiples. Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot ® c Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on flush plates. 217 1 3 STEEL CEILINGS Side Wall Plates Sidewall Plate No. 39 Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot. ...8c Sidewall Plate No. 30 Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot. ...8c Sidewall Plate No. 8018. Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square foot. ...8c Plates No. 36 and No. 8018 are often used for ceiling work and because of large beads can be nailed on without furring crosswise of joists. Plates No. 41 and No. 8021 shown among ceiling plates also can be used for sidewalls. Both as ceilings and sidewalls they make attractive finishes. Sidewall Plate No. 36 Stock size 24x48" only. List price, per square ft., 7 I A C Size of Tile 1x4". Size of sheets 24x24" only. List price, per square foot, 12c Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. Surface, if boarded, need not be furred to nail on flush plates. Large bead permits nailing No. 36 to joists with beads running crosswise. 218 STEEL CEILINGS Field Plates and Center Pieces Center No. Q-9 Size 24x24". List price, each 40c Center No. X-98 Size 48x48". Composed of 4 Corner Panels No. Q-8 and Center Panel No. X-9. List price, complete $2.40 Center No. E-114 Size 48x48". Composed of 4 Border Miters No. E-ll. List price, complete $1.60 Center No. E-14 Size 48x48". Composed of 4 Border Miters No. E-12. List price, complete $1.60 These Centers are furnished free in quantities of 5 squares or more. Center No. 8002 Size 48x48". Composed of 4 Border Miters No. 8020. List price, complete $1.60 Center No. 8222 Size 48x48". Composed of 4 Border Miters No. 8022. List price, complete $1 with Combination Designs shown on preceding pages when ordered Ventilating Center No. 7003 Field Plate No. X-19 Size 48x48". Stock size 24x24” only. In 4 parts. Raised 94'\ List price of parts $6.00 List price, per square foot. ...9c Ventilating Centers are always charged extra regardless of the design or quantity of Ceiling ordered. Covering size is the same as stock size in each instance. Ventilating Center No. 8003 Size 48x48”. In 4 parts. List price of parts $6.00 STEEL CEILINGS Cornices and Miters Cornice No. 8013 15" deep, 12" projection. Stock length 48". List price, per lineal foot, including wood brackets 25c Miters for Cornice No. 8013 Inside Miter No. 8025, each 90c Outside Miter No. 8026, each 90c Cornice No. G-13 12" deep, 13*4" projection. Stock length 48". List price, per lineal foot, including wood brackets 25c Miters for Cornice No. G-13 Inside Miter No. 6035, each 90c Outside Miter No. 6036, each 90c Cornice No. 9013 12" deep, 9" projection. Stock length 48". List price, per lineal foot, including wood brackets 20c Miters for Cornice No. 9013 Inside Miter No. 9015, each 75c Outside Miter No. 9016, each 75c Cornice No. 4013 8 y 2 " deep, projection. Stock length 48 List price, per lineal foot, including wood brackets Miters for Cornice No. 4013 Inside Miter No. 4015, each Outside Miter No. 4016, each 16c 65c ,55c Cross Section Cornice No. 8013 and Wood Bracket Cross Section Cornice No. G-13 and Wood Bracket Cross Section Cornice No. 9013 and Wood Bracket Cross Section Cornice No. 4013 and Wood Bracket 220 'AMT COMRUCSATSMO STEEL CEILINGS Cornices and Miters Cornice No. 5013 12" deep, 8" projection. Stock length 48". List price, per lineal foot, including wood brackets 20c Miters for Cornice No. 5013 Inside Miter No. 5025, each 80c Outside Miter No. 5026, each, 80c Cornice No. B-13 9" deep, 6" projection. Stock length, 48". List price, per lineal foot, including wood brackets 16c Miters for Cornice No. B-13 Inside Miter No. B15, each, 65c Outside Miter No. B16, each, 65c 8" deep, 6" projection. Stock length 48". List price, per lineal foot, including wood brackets 16c Miters for Cornice No. X-13 Inside Miter No. X-15, each 65c Outside Miter No. X-16, each 65c Cornice No. A-ll 7" deep, 3" projection. Stock length 48". List price, per lineal foot, including wood brackets 12c Miters for Cornice No. A-ll Inside Miter No. A17, each 50c Outside Miter No. A-18, each 50c Cornice No. A-10 4" deep, 3 y 2 " projection. Stock length 48". List price, per lineal foot, including wood brackets 8c Miters for Cornice No. A-10 Inside Miter No. A-25, each 40c Outside Miter No. A-26, each 40c „ h f m , rrfffV ) f ^ w v o j S * * J S S * / /// * JT ^3 Cornice No. A-30 3" deep, 2 l / 2 " projection. Stock length 48". List price, per lineal foot, including wood brackets 6c Miters for Cornice No. A-30 Inside Miter No. A-315, each 35c Outside Miter No. A-316, each 35c Cross Section Cornice No. 5013 and Wood Bracket s- Cross Section Cornice No. B-13 and Wood Bracket i Cross Section Cornice No. X-13 and Wood Bracket 5- -- f Cross Section Cornice No. A-ll and Wood Bracket | i Cross Section Cornice No. A-10 and Wood Bracket Cross Section Cornice No. A-30 No Wood Bracket 221 STEEL CEILINGS Cornices, Mouldings, and Trimmings Combined Cornice and Filler No. X-23 4?4" deep, projection 3*4 inches, without filler. Stock length. 48”. List price, per lineal foot, with filler 1” wide, including wood brackets 9c List price, per lineal foot, with filler 7” wide, including wood brackets 12c Miters for Cornice No. X-23 Inside Miter No. X-25, each 40c Outside Miter No. X-26, each. 40c [ - - - =~ 2 ± Combined Cornice and Filler No. A-16 6" deep, projection 5” without filler. Stock length 48”. List price, per lineal foot, with filler 1” wide List price, per lineal foot, with filler 7” wide Miters for Cornice No. A-16 Inside Miter No. A-115, each, 60c Outside Miter No. A-116, each. 60c Cross Section Cornice No. X-13 and Wood Bracket Cross Section Cornice No. A-16 and Wood Bracket 2 inches wide. List price, per lineal foot Picture Molding No. R-26 6c 2 inches wide. List price, per lineal foot Nosing No. R-ll 5c 3 inches wide. List price, per lineal foot Chair Rail No. Q-6 3 inches wide. List price, per lineal foot.. Chair Rail and Casing No. M-25 Chair Rail and Caning No. M-24 4 inches wide. List price, per lineal foot 4^4 inches wide. Window and Door Casing No. M-23 List price, per lineal foot 8c 9C 19c 5 inches wide. List price, per lineal foot.. Mullion Window Casing No. N-3 Base No. R-36 6 inches high. List price, per lineal foot. Stock length of each 48 inches. 222 10c o STEEL CEILINGS Borders and Miters No. 8010 Border or Frieze Stock sizes 24x48". List price, per lineal foot 20c Border Miter No. 8020 Corner for No. 8010 Border. Stock size 24x24”. List price, each 40c Stock sizes 24x48". List price, per lineal foot Border Miter No. 8022 Corner for No. 8010 Border. Stock size 24x24". List price, each 40c Both these Border Miters match Border No. 8010, shown above. Border Miter No. 7005 Corner for No. 7011 Border. Stock size 24x24". List price, each 40c Border Miter No. 7006 Corner for No. 7011 Border. Stock size 24x24". List price, each 40c Both these Border Miters are intended for use with Border No. 7011, shown above. 223 STEEL CEILINGS Borders and Miters I I List price, per lineal foot No. E-13 Border or Frieze Stock size 24x48". Border Miter No. E-12 Corner for No. E-13 Border. Stock size 24x24". List price, each Border Miter No. E-ll Corner for No. E-13 Border Stock size 24x24". 40c List price, each Both these Border Miters are intended for use with Border No. E-13 shown above. 20c 40c 20c List price, per lineal foot No. 6015 Border or Frieze Stock size 24x48". Mo Miters made for this Border. 224 STEEL CEILINGS Plain Fillers List price, per square foot. No. A-14 Plain Filler 8c No. K-14 Plain Filler No. M-14 Plain Filler List price, per square foot 8c No. 6014 Plain Filler List price, per square foot 8c , No. T-14 Plain Filler List price, per square foot 8c These Plain Fillers can be substituted for any Filler or Filler Border shown in the Combination Designs. Stock sizes 8, 10, 13, 16, 20 and 26" wide by 48" long. 225 SAINT PAUL COERUGATMG G STEEL CEILINGS Borders and Filler Borders No Miters made for these Border Fillers. 20c Filler Border No. 6013 Stock sizes 16, 20 and 26" wide by 48" long. list price, per square foot 8c Filler Border No. 8014 Single Stock sizes 13, 16, 20 and 26" wide by 48" long. list price, per square foot 8 C Filler Border No. 8014 Double Stock sizes 20 and 26" wide by 48" long. List price, per square foot These Filler Borders can be substituted for any Filler or Filler Border shown in the Combination Designs. 226 STEEL CEILINGS Filler Borders, Moulded Fillers No Miters Made for these Borders and Moulded Fillers. Filler Border No. B-14 Stock sizes 13, 16, 20 and 26" wide by 48" long. List price, per square foot Filler Border No. C-14 Stock sizes 13, 16, 20 and 26" wide by 48" long. List price, per square foot Filler Border No. B-20 Stock sizes 13, 16, 20 and 26" wide by 48" long. List price, per square foot Moulded Filler No. MD-14 Stock sizes 13, 16, 20 and 26" wide by 48" long. List price, per square foot 8 a muitiiirmimnrnn inimmtrairamia . Moulding No. 281 Stock sizes 2" wide by 48" long. List price, per lineal foot No Miter made for this Moulding. Moulding No. 2235 Stock size l 1 / " wide by 48'' long. List price, per lineal foot No Miter made for this Moulding. 227 STEEL CEILINGS Moulded Fillers, Borders and Miters No Miters made for these Moulded Fillers. Moulded Filler No. MK-14 Stock sizes 13, 16, 20 and 26 wide by 48" long. List price, per square foot 8 14c Moulded Filler No. MT-14 Stock sizes 13, 16, 20 and 26" wide by 48" long. List price, per square foot 8 r / 2 c No. Z-5 Border or Frieze Stock size 9x48 ", List price, per lineal foot 10c Corner No. Z-14 Size 9x9". List price, each 12c For use with Border No. Z-5. raisjn No. Z-3 Border or Frieze Stock size 6x48”. List price, per lineal foot 8c Corner No. Z-ll Size 6x6 '. List price, each 10c For use with Border No. Z-3. No. Z-4 Border or Frieze Stock size 8x48 '. 914 c Corner No. Z-12 Size 8x8 ". List price, each 12c For use with Border No. Z-4. List price, per lineal foot. STEEL CEILINGS Mouldings, Tees, Crosses, and Ells o •r" P's* t. Beam Moulding No. P-42 Stock size 12x24", 2" deep. List price, per lineal foot, including wood blocks 15c No. P-44 List. No. P-43 20c List 20c List. Made to match Beam Moulding shown above. No. P-45 20c List price, per lineal Beam Moulding No. P-9 Stock size 12x48", 234" deep, foot, including wood blocks No. P-10 List. Beam Moulding No. P-32. Stock size 12x48", 3" deep. List price, per lineal foot, including wood blocks 15c 20c 15c 229 STEEL CEILINGS Mouldings, Tees, Crosses, and Ells Beam Moulding No. P-28 Stock size 10x48", 2*4" deep. List price, per lineal foot, including wood blocks 12c No. P-30. List, 15c No. P-29. List, 15c Made to match Beam Moulding shown above. No- P-31. List, 15c . . Beam Moulding No. P-52 Stock size 6x48", 1*4" deep. List price, per lineal foot, including wood blocks g c No. P-54. List, 12c I ' t . i I wire ebxz No. P-53. List, 12c No. P-55. List, 12c Made to match Beam Moulding shown above. Beam Moulding No. P-11 Stock size 6x48", 1*4’’ deep. List price, per lineal foot, including wood blocks 8c nl m m No. P-13. List, 12c No. P-12. List, 12c Made to match Beam Moulding shown above. No. P-14. List, 12c Beam Moulding No. P-62 Stock size 4x48", 1 *4 deep. List price, per lineal foot Ells, No. P-63 to match, list price, each i itsis&si Moulding or Chair Rail No. Z-7 Stock size 3x48 , 34 projection. List price, per lineal foot Ells No. Z-8 to match, list price, each 5c 10c 230 How to build and furr beams Fig. 1 Method of Boxing Steel Beam Fig 2 Method of Nailing Cove Blocks to Wood Beam Fig. 3 Method of Building a False Beam Steel beams must be boxed out with wood furring strips before cornices and soffit covering them can be properly applied. Fig. 1 illustrates how this is generally done. Erecting instructions and blue prints should be followed in all cases. Wood beams do not always require furring. When the depth of the beam corresponds with the depth of the cornice used and when the depth of the beam is greater than the depth of the cornice wood brackets can be attached right to the wood beam. Fig. 2 illustrates how this is done. When the cornice is deeper than the beam the latter must be furred dawn to the proper depth. This is easily done. False beams can be built any size desired as shown in Fig. 3. It is not necessary to box them solid. A light framework will answer the purpose just as well and can be built more economically. Particular attention should be paid, if possible, to getting any construction of beam the proper depth to permit the use of the same cornice on the side of the beam as is used on the walls. It is rare that this is not possible and the finished appearance is best when the same cornice is used in both places. When beams are deeper than the cornice used it is customary to use a wide soffit covering and bend up the edges to pass under the lower moulding on the cornice. We recommend Filler Border No. B-14, shown on page No. 227, as best suited for beam soffit cov- ering although any of the Plain Fillers shown on page No. 225 can be used advantageously for the purpose. Fig. 6 Illustrating sections of completed beams in place. 231 o WOOD FURRING STRIPS PRICES ON WOOD FURRING STRIPS F. O. B. St. Paul %xl54-inch, weight 22 lbs., list per 100 lineal feet $1.00 y 2 x2 -inch, weight 18 lbs., list per 100 lineal feet 1.00 When Steel Ceilings are erected over old plaster or open joists Wood Furring Strips must be used. All Sunk Panel Plates require Wood Furring Strips at all times. The size recommended for use in most cases is 7/gx 1 Uj inches. Other size listed above is for Cornices. IBsER^Etrro >v if Nl't F.lLll K 942 JlpM S?5 I 'PERFECTO PAINT” FOR “GUARANTEED” STEEL CEILINGS "Perfecto” Steel Ceiling Paint is the only paint on the market that will give perfect satisfaction. It will not crack or peel, will not fade; it gives that soft decorative effect so desirable on Steel Ceilings and can be washed with soap and water as often as necessary. Manufactured Especially for Use on Steel Ceilings. Weight, per gallon, 15 lbs. In gallon containers. “Perfecto” Steel Ceiling Paint is economical as it will cover more surface than any other paint manufactured. It does not soak into the steel. On: gallon will cover about six hundred square feet one coat. One gallon will cover three squares two coats. We recommend finishing steel ceilings with two coats of “Perfecto” Steel Ceiling Paint. ASK FOR NET PRICES ON “PERFECTO" PAINT This special paint is put up in quart, two-quart, gallon, three-gallon and five-gallon tin containers. Ask for free color card. WHEN LUMP SUM QUOTATIONS ARE MADE Unless our customers suggest their own arrangement of plates when lump sum prices are asked, we decide upon the best arrangement for the room and qjote accordingly. Cove blocks are furnished without extra charge when they are a part of a complete steel ceiling order. Cove blocks will be charged for when ordered alone or with steel cove only. Furring strips are not included in any of our published prices, nor are they ever included in special quotations unless specifically so stated. Ceiling nails are always furnished in sufficient quantity to nail the steel ceiling in place, but we do not include nails for fastening wood cove blocks or furring strips. Wood plaster lath is sometimes used with decided success in nailing continuous ceiling plates over a plastered ceiling. As long as the steel plates used have but a shallow embossing, wood plaster lath will be found satis- factory over a plastered surface. 232 INDEX A Page Angle Ridge Cap, Plain 24 Animal Vanes 69 Asbestos Fibre Roof Cement 17 B Balls, Half 95 Barn Ventilation 60 to 73 Ventilators 66 Base Grounds 120 Screeds 120 Basement Windows 140 Battens, Metal 25 Bead, Corner 120 Protex 119 Beaded Ceiling 50 Beam Mouldings, Steel Ceiling 229-230 Bins, Grain 53 to 56 Black Sheets 35 Block Figures 95 Letters 95 Terminals 24 Bonds, Brick 121 Border Filler, Steel Ceiling 226 and 227 Miters, Steel Ceiling 223-224-228 Plates, Steel Ceiling 207 to 224 Borders and Frieze, Steel Ceiling 223-224-228 Box Gutters 10 Tin 31 to 32 Brackets, Zinc 104 Brick Bonds 121 Siding 48 Building Corners 26 Buildings, Steel 128 to 135 Burrs, Tinners 37 Button Punch 47 c Canopies 92 Pump 133-134 Casings, Corner 51 Slip Joint 51 Window 222 Ceiling, Beaded i.. 50 Ceilings. Steel 142 to 231 Center Pieces, Steel Ceiling 219 Chair-rail, Steel Ceiling 222 Channels, Rolled 120 Chutes, Silo 57 Coal Doors 141 Combination Gutters 11 Steel Ceilings 151 to 200 Steel Sidewalls 201 to 205 Tongs 47 Conductor Heads 16 Hooks 15 Pipe 12 Pipe Cut-offs 14 Pipe Elbows 13 Pipe Ends 16 Pipe Ends, Panelled 16 Pipe Funnels 13 Pipe, Plain Round 12 Pipe, Round Corrugated 12 Pipe, Square Corrugated 12 Pipe Shoes 13 Pipe T’s 14 Pipe Y’s 14 Continuous Cleat Roll and Cap Roofing 46 Cleat Standing Seam Roofing 47 Hip Shingles 20 to 23 Hip Tile 20 to 23 Rock Face Steel 50 Coppers, Soldering 36 Corn Cribs and Dryers 55 Corna-Lath 118 Page Corner Bead 120 Corna-Lath 118 “Protex” 119 Corner Casings 51 Corners, Building 26 Cornice Covers 89 Head Blocks 87 to 90 Lintel 90 Main 87 to 90 Miters 87 to 90 Steel Ceilings 220 to 222 Corrugated Culverts 122 to 126 Endwall Flashing 43 Gambrel Joint 43 Ridge Roll 43 Roofing 42 Sheets, Curved 43 Sidewall Flashing 43 Well Curbing 127 Covers, Cornice 89 Cribs, Corn 55 Crimped Sheets 35 Crosses 94 Culverts 122 to 126 Curbing, Well 127 Curved Corrugated Sheets 43 Cut-offs, Conductor Pipe 14 Plain Round 14 Round Corrugated 14 Square Corrugated 14 “Youngs” Combination 14 D Doors, Coal 141 Fireproof 139 Steel Covered 136-137 Tin Clad 139 Double Bottom Gutters 11 Dressed Stone Siding 49 Drops. Eaves Trough 8 Drop Siding, Metal 49 Dryers, Corn 55 E Eaves Trough Drops 8 End Caps 8 Ends with Drops 8 “Easy Bead” 6 Hangers, Steel 9 Hangers. Wire 9 Hanger Tongs 9 Miters 7 Edging, Roof 25 Tongs 47 Elbows, Conductor Pipe 13 Furnace Pipe 96 Plain Round 13 Round Corrugated 13 Square Corrugated 13 End Caps, Eaves Trough 8 End-lock Former 47 Ends, Conductor Pipe 16 Gutter 10-11 With Drops. Eaves Trough 8 Endwall Flashing, Corrugated 43 F Feeding Troughs 58 Fibre Asbestos Roof Cement 17 Field Plates, Steel Ceiling 206 to 219 Figures, Block 95 Filler, Steel Ceiling 225 Filling Stations, Steel 131 to 134 Filters, Rainwater 17 Finials and Vanes 93 Globe 24 Tower 93 233 INDEX — Continued Page Fireproof Doors 139 Windows 138 Flag Pole Ornaments 94 Flashing, Corrugated Endwall 43 Corrugated Sidewall 43 Hooks 16 Flashings 18 Galvanized 18 Tin 18 Foot Seamers 47 Formed Valley 1# Former, End-lock 47 Fountains, Poultry 58 Fronts, Store 91 Funnels, Conductor Pipe 13 Furnace Pipe 96 Furnace Pipe Elbows 96 Furring Strips, Wood 232 G Gable Terminals 19 to 24 Galvanized Flashings 18 Nails, Barbed 42 Sheets 35 Valley, Formed 18 Galvanized Valley in Rolls 18 Galvanizing 51 Gambrel Joints, Corrugated 43 Garages, Steel 129-130 Glass, Skylight 85 Globe Finials 24 Ventilators 76-77 Gothic Pressed Standing Seam Roofing 45 Grain Bins 53 to 56 Grounds, Base 120 Gutter Ends 10-11 Hooks 11 Miters 10-11 Outlets 11 Strap Hangers 11 Gutters, Combination 11 Double Bottom 11 Roof, Box and O. G 10 H Half Balls 95 Hammer Handles 37 Hammers, Tinners’ 37 Handles, Hammer 37 Soldering Copper 36 Hangers, Eaves Trough 9 Hanger Tongs, Eaves Trough 9 Head Blocks, Cornice 87 to 90 Heads Conductor 16 Hip Shingles 19 to 23 Shingle Starters 20 to 23 Terminals 19 to 24 Tile 19 to 23 Tile, Continuous 20 to 23 Tile, Individual 20 Tile Starters 20 to 23 Hog House Ventilators 68 Hooks, Conductor 15 Flashing 16 Gutter 11 Hot Galvanizing 51 I Individual Hip Tile 20 Plates, Steel Ceiling 206 to 230 L Lath, Copper Alloy 110-116 Galvanized 116 Metal 109 to 117 Painted 109-116 Plasta Saver 111-116 Lead Headed Nails 42 Page Lead Washers 42 Letters, Block 95 Lintel Cornice 90 M Main Cornice Mallets, Tinners’ Marquees Metal Battens Culverts Drop Siding Lath Shingles Miters, Cornice Eaves Trough Gutter Steel Ceiling Borders Steel Ceiling Cornice Moulded Filler, Steel Ceiling Moulding, Picture Mouldings, Steel Ceiling Zinc N Nails, Galvanized, Barbed Roofing 42 Lead Headed 42 Name Plates 95 o O. G. Gutters 10 Ornaments, Flag Pole 94 Zinc 102-108 Outlets, Gutter n P Paint, Steel Ceiling 232 Panelled Conductor Pipe Ends 16 “Parkers” Sheet Metal Screws 36 Peak Terminals 19 to 24 "Perfecto” Steel Ceiling Paint 232 Picture Moulding 120 Pilasters, Rock Face 50 Pipe. Conductor 12 Furnace 96 Plain Angle Ridge Cap 24 Ridge Roll 24 Round Conductor Pipe 12 Round Cut-offs 14 Round Elbows 13 Plates, Name 95 Poultry Fountains 58 Troughs 58 Pressed Standing Seam Roofing 45 Continuous Cleat 47 Gothic 45 Prick Punches 36 “Protex” Corner Bead 119 Pump Canopies 133-134 Punch, Button 4 7 Roofing 47 Punches, Prick 36 R Rainwater Filters 17 Ridge Roll, Corrugated 43 Plain 24 Tile 19 to 23 Rivet Sets 36 Rivets. Tinned 36 Rock Face Brick Siding 48 Pilasters 50 Steel, Continuous 50 Stone Siding 48-49 Rod and Nut Eaves Trough Hangers 9 Roll Roofing, Self-capping 46 and Cap Roofing, Continuous Cleat 46 Valleys 18 Rolled Channels 120 87 to 90 37 92 25 .122 to 126 49 .109 to 117 29-30 87 to 90 7 10-11 223-224-228 ...220 to 222 227-228 120 .222-227-230 98-101 234 INDEX- — Co lit i n u ed Page Roof Cement, Asbestos Fibre 17 Edging 25 Gutters 10 Windows 74 Roofing and Siding, Steel 38 to 51 Corrugated 42 Gothic Pressed Standing Seam 45 Nails. Barbed 42 Punch 47 Standing Seam 45 Tile 27-28 Tin 31-32 Tools 47 V Crimped 44 Roofs. Silo 57 Round Corrugated Conductor Pipe 12 Cut-offs 14 Elbows 13 S Screed, Base 120 Screws, Sheet Metal 36 Seamers, Foot 47 Self-capping Roll Roofing 46 Sets, Rivet 36 Sheet Metal Screws 36 Sheets, Black 35 Crimped 35 Galvanized 33 to 35 Stove Pine 35 Shingles, Hip 19 to 23 Metal 29-30 Shoes, Conductor Pipe 13 Sidewall Flashing, Corrugated 43 Sidewalls, Steel 201 to 205 Siding and Roofing, Steel 38 to 51 Brick 48 Rock Face Brick 48 Silo Chutes 57 Roofs 57 Skylight Glass 85 Skylights 78 to 85 Slip Joint Corner Casings 51 Snips, Tinners 37 Solder, Tinners’ 36 Soldering, Copper Handles 36 Coppers 36 Spun Half Balls 95 Square Corrugated Conductor Pipe 12 Cut-offs 14 Elbows 13 Standing Seam Roofing 45 Continuous Cleat 47 Starters, Hip Shingle 20 to 23 Hip Tile 20 to 23 Steel Buildings 128 to 135 Ceiling Beam Moulding 229-230 Ceiling Border Filler 226-227 Ceiling Border Plates 207 to 224 Ceiling Borders and Frieze 223-224-228 Ceiling Center Pieces 219 Ceiling Chair-rail 222 Ceiling Combinations 151 to 200 Ceiling Cornices 220 to 222 Ceiling Cornice Miters 220 to 222 Ceiling Field Plates 206 to 219 Ceiling Filler 225 Ceiling Individual Plates 206 to 230 Ceiling Molded Filler 227 Ceiling Mouldings 222-227-230 Ceiling Paint 232 Ceilings 142 to 231 Covered Doors 136-137 Eaves Trough Hangers 9 Garages 129-130 Page Oil Filling Stations 131 to 134 Roofings and Sidings 38 to 51 Sidewall 201 to 205 Sidewall Combinations 201 to 205 Stone Siding, Dressed 49 Rock Face 48-49 Store Fronts 91 Stove Pipe Sheets 35 Strainers, Wire 14 Strap Hangers, Gutter 11 Strips, Wood Furring 232 T T’s, Conductor Pipe 14 Terminals, Block 24 Gable 19 to 24 Hip 19 to 24 Peak 19 to 24 Ties, Wall 121 Tile, Hip 19 to 23 Ridge 19 to 23 Roofing 27-28 Tin, Box 31-32 Clad Fire Doors 139 Flashings 18 “Follansbee Forge” 31-32 Roofing 31-32 Valley in Rolls 18 Tinned Rivets 36 Tinners’ Burrs 37 Hammers 37 Mallets 37 Snips 37 Solder 36 Tongs, Edging 47 Combination 47 Tools for applying Steel Roofing 47 Trough, Eaves 6 Troughs, Feeding 58 Poultry 58 Tower Finials 93 V V Crimped Roofing 44 Valleys, Formed 18 Galvanized 18 Rolls 18 Tin 18 Vanes and Finials 93 Animal 69 Ventilation, Barn 60 to 73 Ventilators, Barn 65 Globe 76-77 Hog House 68 W Wall Ties 121 Washers, Lead 42 Weather-board Siding 49 Well Curbing 127 Window Casings 222 Windows, Basement 140 Fireproof 138 Roof 74 Wire Eaves Trough Hangers 9 Wire Strainers 14 Wood Furring Strips 232 Y Y’s, Conductor Pipe 14 “Young’s” Combination Cut-offs 14 z Zinc Brackets Mouldings Ornaments 235 104 ..98 to 101 102 to 108 FREIGHT CLASSIFICATH >NS For the convenience of our customers we publish below freight classifications applying to the prin- cipal sheet metal materials illustrated in this catalog. The rates have been taken from the latest issue of the Consolidated Classification applying to the Western territory and are therefore correct and de- pendable. RATES APPLYING FROM SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA, TO First Class Second Class Third Class Fourth Class The following classifications apply only to steel and iron products; copper and zinc products take higher classifications not given here but which will be gladly quoted upon request. Article — Classification Animal Vanes First Arches, Corrugated Third Awning Sheets, Corrugated Fourth Balls, Spun First Barn Battens Third Barn Ventilators First Base Ground Bundled....Second Crated Third Base Screed Bundled. ...Second Crated Third Basement Sash Second Battens, Metal Third Bead for Plastering Bundled. ...Second Crated Third Black Sheets Fourth Brick Bonds Fourth Building Corners Third Buildings, Portable Steel, K. D Third Canopies or Marquise Third Canopies, Oil Station, K. D Third Casings, Window and Door Second Ceilings, Steel Fourth Cement, Plastic Third Channels, Rolled Fourth Chutes, Silo, K. D Third Conductor Elbows and Shoes....Not nested.... First Nested Second Conductor Ends First Conductor Heads Not nested. ...3xFirst Nested First Conductor Pipe Not nested.... First Nested Second Conductor Pipe Hooks Third Corna-Lath Crated Third Corn Cribs and Dryers Third Corner Bead Bundled.... Second Crated Third Corners, Building Third Cornice Brackets and Ornaments — Nested First Not nested. ...3xFirst Cornice Covers, Flat Fourth Cornices Nested 2xFirst Not nested. ...3xFirst Corrugated Ridge Roll Third Corrugated Side and End Wall Flashing Third Corrugated Steel Arches Third Corrugated Steel Sheets Fourth Covers for Cornices, flat Fourth Crosses for Churches 2xFirst Culverts, No. 16 ga. and heavier — All sizes to Minnesota points Second Article — Classification Culverts, No. 16 ga. and heavier — Inter-State points: 24-inch diameter and smaller Second 24-inch to 48-inch diameter First Over 48-inch diameter 2xFirst Curbing, Well 2xFirst Curved Corrugated Steel Fourth Cut-offs, Conductor First Doors, Galvanized, metal covered Third Door and Window Casings Second Drops and Ends for Eaves Trough — Nested Third Not nested....First Eaves Trough Nested Third Eaves Trough Hangers Third Eaves Trough Miters Nested Third Not nested....First Edging, Roof Nested Third Elbows and Shoes, Conductor.... Nested Second Not nested. ...First Ends and Drops for Eaves Trough — Nested Third Not nested.... First End and Side Wall Flashing, Corrugated Third Feeding Troughs Nested solid Third Not nested... l^xFirst Filling Stations, K. D Third Filters, Rainwater l^xFirst Finials and Vanes for Roofs 2xFirst Finials, Globe 2xFirst Fittings for Gutters First Flag Pole Ornaments 2xFirst Flashing Hooks Third Flashings, flat or rolled Fourth Formed Valleys Third Funnels First Furnace Pipe Seams open and nested. lp^xFirst Furnace Pipe and Elbows, seams closed — Nested D/xFirst Not nested. ...2xFirst Galvanized Sheets Fourth Garages, Portable Steel, K. D. Third Glass for Skylights Fourth Globe Finials 2xFirst Grain Bins, K. D Third Ground, Base Bundled....Second Crated Third Gutter Fittings First Gutters Nested Third Not nested....First 236 FREIGHT CLASSIFICATIONS— Continued Article — Classification Article — Classification Hangers for Eaves Trough Third Heads, Conductor Nested First Not nested.. ,.3xFirst Hip and Ridge Roll Third Hip Shingles Third Hollow Metal Windows Second Hooks, Conductor Pipe Third Hooks, Flashing Third Marquise or Canopies Third Metal Covered Doors, Galvanized Third Metal Lath Minnesota points Fourth Inter-State points Third Metal Lath Corners Crated Third Metal Shingles Fourth Metal Tile Fourth Miters for Eaves Trough Nested Third Not nested....Second Mould, Picture Bundled Second Crated Third Name Panels First Ornaments Nested First Not nested. ...3xFirst Ornaments, Flag Pole 2xFirst Ornamental Conductor Ends First Paint for Steel Ceiling Fourth Panels, Name and Date First Picture Mould Bundled Second Crated Third Pilasters Second Pipe, Conductor Nested Second Not nested....First Rainwater Roof Edging Nested. Roof Windows Roofing Tin ... Roofing Tools Sash, Steel Basement Second Screed, Base Bundled Second Crated Third Sheet Iron Fourth Shingles, Hip and Ridge Third Shingles, Metal Fourth Side and End Wall Flashings, Corg Third Sidewalls, Steel Fourth Sidings and Roofings Fourth Silo Chutes, K. D Third Silo Roofs, K. D Third Skylight Frames in sections Nested First Skylight Frames, set up ll^xFirst Skylights, K. D Second Skylight Glass Fourth Solder Third Spun Balls First Stations, Oil Filling, K. D Third Steel Ceilings Fourth Steel Ceiling Paint Fourth Steel Sidewalls Fourth Strainers. Wire 2xFirst Strips, Wood Fourth Tees and Y’s First Terminals 2xFirst Tile, Metal Fourth Tinners’ Supplies First Tin, Roofing Fourth Tools, Roofing Second Trough, Eaves Nested Third Troughs, Feeding Nested solid Third Not nested. .l^xFirst Valleys, Formed Third Valleys, Roll Fourth Vanes, Animal First Ventilation Pine, seams open Nested. ...Third Ventilation Pipe and Elbows, seams closed — Nested l^xFirst Not nested 2xFirst Ventilators, Barn First Third Ventilators, Globe ....First Wall Ties Waterers for Poultry First ll^xFirst Well Curbing Window and Door Casings.... Second Windows, Hollow Metal Second Windows, Roof Wire Strainers Wood Strips Y’s and Tees First Second Fourth Zinc Ornaments Third Not nested. ...3xFirst The foregoing classifications apply only to steeland iron products; copper and zinc products take higher classifications not given here but which will be gladly quoted upon request. 2i7 ORDER BLANK St. Paul Corrugating Company MANUFACTURERS OF SHEET METAL PRODUCTS St. Paul. Minn. Date Ship to Town State Ship via Prices taken from Price List of (Give date) QUANTITY SPECIFY SIZE AND STYLE AS SHOWN IN CATALOG "G” PRICE MAKE ANY NECESSARY SKETCHES ON BACK OF THIS SHEET. Signed Address 238 AV cr 7 LIBRARY cqimca LXiV&sr rr at f r )02 TERRITORIES Covering Prices and Freight Allowance NORTHWESTERN TERRITORY Northwestern territory consists of the southern part of the State of Minnesota, lying south and east of the Chicago, St. Paul, Minneapolis & Omaha Railway, from a point on the Iowa state line near Worthington, to St. Paul, and Minneapolis, and south and east of the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul, from the Twin Cities to Duluth; also the city of Sioux Falls, S. D.; the states of Iowa, Missouri, northern peninsula of the state of Michigan, and that portion of Wisconsin north of the “Soo” Line. Actual freight will be allowed on goods enumerated below. CENTRAL TERRITORY Central Territory consists of the states of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Ten- nessee, the southern peninsula of Michigan and that part of Wisconsin lying south of the “Soo” Line, with actual freight allowed on goods as enumerated below. NORTH DAKOTA North Dakota points take Northwestern territory prices, f. o. b. St. Paul, on goods enumerated below. SOUTH DAKOTA South Dakota points take Northwestern territory prices, with actual freight allowed to Sioux Falls, S. D., on goods enumerated below. NEBRASKA Nebraska points take Northwestern territory prices, with actual freight allowed to Missouri River, on goods enumerated below. FREIGHT ALLOWANCE AS PER ABOVE TERRITORIES CONDUCTOR PIPE. EAVES TROUGH, FORMED VALLEY, ROOF and BOX GUTTER, PLAIN RIDGE, ROLL AND V CAP— Actual freight only allowed on lots of not less than 500 feet or more. MITERS, END PIECES AND DROPS, CUTOFFS. STEEL AND WIRE HANGERS, STRAINERS— Freight allowed when shipped with other goods taking freight allowance. ELBOWS AND SHOES — Freight allowed on lots of 15 dozen or more, or when shipped with other goods taking freight allowance. CONDUCTOR HOOKS — Freight allowed when shipped with Trough and Pipe or in 300 lb. lots.